II - lib.kunstkamera.rulib.kunstkamera.ru/files/lib/978-5-88431-165-7/978... · P. 1–219. Barton Roy Franklin. The Mythology of the Ifugaos. Memoirs of the Ameri-can // Folklore

II

SCIENTIFIC DEPARTMENTSOF MAE RAS

Электронная библиотека Музея антропологии и этнографии им. Петра Великого (Кунсткамера) РАН http://www.kunstkamera.ru/lib/rubrikator/08/08_04/978-5-88431-165-7/

© МАЭ РАН

74

d e p a r t m e n t o f a u s t r a l i a , o c e a n i a a n d i n d o n e s i a

Battle and ritual shield.

New Guinea, late 19th century.

Wood, paint

Phone: (812) 328-41-81

E-mail: [email protected]

Head of Department

Stanyukovich Maria


© МАЭ РАН

75

N. N. Miklukho-

Maclay (1846–1888)

in an expedition

outfit.

DEPARTMENT OF AUSTRALIA,OCEANIA AND INDONESIA

The Department of Australia, Oceania and Indonesia

of the MAE RAS is the cradle of Russian science in the

sphere of the studies of the Austronesian and Australian

areals. This was due to the materials and collections

brought from the first circumnavigations by Russian

and foreign seafarers, including an outstanding Russian

scholar and traveler N. N. Miklukho-Maklai (1846–

1888). It laid the basis for Russian Indonesian studies

(founder — L. A. Mervart) and, later, Philippine studies

(Roy Fr. Barton), Australian studies (V. R. Kabo), and,

finally the studies of Oceania (N. A. Butinov).


© МАЭ РАН

76


Since late 19th century, the research groups now con-

stituting the department, were scattered among several

museum units (Department of Malay Archipelago and

Africa, that of Oceania and the Malay Archipelago, that of

the Civilized Nations of Asia, India, and the Malay Archi-

pelago, Sector of America Leningrad Division, Depart-

ment of Foreign Asia, and that of the Far East). The De-

partment of Australia, Oceania and Indonesia emerged as

an independent unit in 1972. After being part of the De-

partment of East and Southeast Asia, Australia and Ocea-

nia for a short time (1998–2002), it was restored in 2002

and headed by E. V. Revunenkova.

In the past, the Department staff included prominent researchers

(beside the abovementioned ones) such as E. L Petrie,A. B. Piotrovskii,

R.F.Barton, I.N.Vinnikov,L.A.Mervart,Yu.M.Lichtenberg,N.A.Buti-

nov, L. G. Rozina, L. E. Karunovskaya, V. G. Triesman, Yu. V. Maretin,

V. R. Kabo, D. D. Tumarkin, and L. A. Ivanova.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

The department’s scholarly activities mainly focus on the history and

traditional cultures of the Indonesian and Australian regions: shaman-

ism and other traditional beliefs, social organization and kinship sys-

tems, languages and literature, folklore and eposes,questions of ethno-

genesis, traditional art, including folk theater, traditional seafaring,

traditional written language systems.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Stanyukovich Maria,Head of Department,Cand.Sc. (ethnography and

folklore of the mountainous peoples of the Luzon Island; mythol-

ogy, traditional beliefs and epos of the Philippine peoples, shaman-

ism and ritual, ethno-botany). Member of the “Nusantara” society,

the European Association of Researchers of Asia, department of

South-East-Asian and Oceania studies (EURASIAS), the Interna-

tional Association “World Epics”, the International Expert Council

for Religious Issues of the Ateneo University (the Phillipines).

Revunenkova Elena, Chief Researcher, D.Sc. (cultural and ethnic his-

tory of the Malay-Indonesian region, specifically mythology, reli-

R. F. Barton (1883–1947)


© МАЭ РАН


77

gion, beliefs, rituals, status of ethnic minorities, and theory of

shamanism). Member of the “Nusantara” society, the European As-

sociation of Researchers of Asia, department of South-East-Asian

and Oceania studies (EURASIAS), Folklore Fellows.

Fedorova Irina, D.Sc., Leading Researcher (decipherment of Easter Is-

land hieroglyphics, history of circumnavigations, Polynesian cul-

ture, mythology and folklore).

Belkov Pavel, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (ethnography of Australia

and Oceania, myths, rituals, classificatory systems of kinship, theo-

ry of ethnicity, and political anthropology).

Lebedeva Arina, Junior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (Micronesian ethnology,

population history, navigation and shipbuilding).

Kasatkina Alexandra, Junior Researcher, postgraduate student of the

Department of Ethnology of the European University in St.Peters-

burg (Medieval literature of the Java Island, semiotics of space, il-

lustrative materials on Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines).

PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS

Joint publications prepared by the Department staff members in-

clude N. N. Miklukho-Maclay’s collected works and volumes on

Australia, Oceania, and Southeast Asia in the series “Peoples of the

World”, as well as collections of articles. The most important publi-

cations include the following:

◆ Miklukho-Maklai N. N. Sobranie sochenenii. [Collected works]. In six volumes.

Ed. by B. N. Putilov, D. D. Tumarkin, et al. Moscow: Nauka. 1990–99.

◆ Narody Avstralii i Okeanii [Peoples of Australia and Oceania]. (Ed.by S.A.Tokarev

and S. P. Tolstov) Moscow: Nauka. 1956. 852 p.

◆ Narody Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii [Peoples of Southeast Asia] (Ed. by A. A. Guber,

Yu.V. Maretin, D. D. Tumarkin, N. N. Cheboksarov). Moscow: Nauka. 1966. 762 p.

◆ Kul’tura i byt narodov stran Tikhogo i Indiyskogo okeanov [Culture and Life of

the Pacific and Indian Ocean Nations]. Moscow–Leningrad: Nauka. 1966. 268 p.

(Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections]; Vol. XXIII).

◆ Kul’tura narodov Zarubezhnoy Azii i Okeanii [Cultures of Foreign Asia and

Oceania], Leningrad: Nauka. 1969. 364 p. (Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections];

Vol. XXV).

◆ Kul’tura narodov Zarubezhnoy Azii [Cultures of Foreign Asia]. Leningrad: Nau-

ka. 1973. 252 p. (Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections]. Vol. XXIX).

◆ Kul’tura narodov Avstralii i Okeanii [Cultures of Australia and Oceania].

Leningrad: Nauka. 1974. 251 p. (Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections]; Vol. XXX).


© МАЭ РАН

78


◆ Kul’tura narodov Indonezii i Okeanii [Cultures of Indonesia and Oceania].

Leningrad: Nauka. 1984. 190 p. (Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections]; Vol. XXXIX).

◆ Kul’tura narodov Okeanii i Yugo-Vostochnoy Azii [Cultures of Oceania and

Southeast Asia].Leningrad: Nauka.1995.238 p. (Sbornik MAE [MAE Collections];

Vol. XLVI).

◆ Etnografiya detstva. Traditsionnye formy vospitaniya detey i podrostkov u naro-

dov Vostochnoi i Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii [Ethnography of Childhood. Traditional

Forms of Child Rearing in East and Southeast Asia]. Moscow: Nauka. 1983. 232 p.

◆ Etnografiya detstva. Traditsionnye formy vospitaniya detey u narodov Avstralii,

Okeanii i Indonezii [Ethnography of Childhood. Traditional Forms of Child Rear-

ing in Australia, Oceania, and Indonesia]. Moscow: Nauka. 1992. 191 p.

◆ Etnograficheskaya nauka v stranakh Azii. Yuznhaya I Yugo-Vostochnaya Aziya

[Ethnography in Asia. South and Southeast Asia]. Moscow: Nauka. 1993. 231 p.

◆ Etnografiya, istoriya,kul’tura stran Yuzhnykh morey.Maklaevskie Chteniya 1995–

1997 gg. [Ethnography, History, and Culture of the Southern Pacific. Maclay Lec-

tures 1995–1997]. SPb., 1997. 246 p.

The most important collections of articles published in 2004–09 include:

◆ Problemy etnografii i istorii kul’tury narodov Aziatsko-Tikhookeanskogo re-

giona [Problems in Ethnography and History of Culture of the Asiatic-Pacific Re-

gion]. SPb: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie. 2004. 368 p. (Ethnographica Petro-

politana, Vol. XXII)

◆ Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh narodov (istoriya collektsii i ikh sobiratelei) [Cul-

ture and everyday life of Austronesian peoples (the history of collections and collec-

tors] / Ed. be E. V. Revunenkova, P. L. Belkov. SPb.: Nauka, 2007. (MAE Collec-

tions; Vol. LIII).

◆ Indoneziitsy i ikh sosedi [Indonesians and their neighbours] / Festshrift by E.V. Re-

vunenkova and A. K. Ogloblin. Makhlai collection / Ed. by M. V. Stanyukovich.

SPb., 2008. 425 p.

The most important individual monographs by department staff members

include:

◆ Fedorova I. K. Mify, predaniya i legendy ostrova Paskhi [Myths, Tales, and Leg-

ends of Easter Island]. Moscow, Nauka. 1978. 382 p. (Hungarian edition: Fjo-

dorova, I. K. Húsvét-szigeti mítoszok, mondák és legendák. Budapest, Gondo-

lat. 1987. 413 p.).

◆ Fedorova I. K. Ostrov Paskhi. Ocherki kul’tury XVIII–XIX vv. [Easter Island:

Studies in 18th–19th-Century Culture]. SPb., Nauka. 1993. 288 p.

◆ Fedorova I. K. Doschechki kohau rongo-rongo iz Kunstkamery [Kohau Rongo-

Rongo Plates from the Kunstkamera]. SPb., MAE RAN. 1995. 159 p.

◆ Fedorova I. K. “Govoryaschie doschechki” s ostrova Paskhi. Deshifrovka. Chte-

nie. Perevod [‘Speaking Plates’ from Easter Island: Decipherment, Reading, Trans-

lation]. SPB., MAE RAN. 2001. 379 p.


© МАЭ РАН


79

◆ Revunenkova E. V. Narody Malaisii i Zapadnoi Indonezii. Nekotorye aspekty

dukhovnoi kul’tury [Peoples of Malaysia and Western Indonesia: Aspects of Ideol-

ogy]. Moscow, Nauka. 1980. 274 p.

◆ Revunenkova E.V. Mif — obryad — religiya [Myth — Ritual — Religion]. Mos-

cow, Nauka. 1992. 216 p.

◆ Shafranovskaya T. K. Muzei Antropologii i etnografii Akademii Nauk SSSR.

Putevoditel’ bez eksursovoda [Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography of the

Academy of Sciences of USSR: A Guidebook Without a Guide]. Leningrad: Nauka.

1979. 123 p.

◆ Shafranovskaya T. K. Peterburgskaya Kunstkamera. Putevoditel’ po muzeyu

[Saint-Petersburg Kunstkamera: A Guidebook to the Museum]. SPb: Nauka. 1994.

160 p.

◆ Shafranovskaya T. K. Vokrug sveta s Ivanom Krusensternom (dnevnik leitenan-

ta “Nadezhdy” (1803–1806) E. E. Löwensterna) [Around the World with Ivan

Krusenstern (a Journal by Lieutenant E. E. Löwenstern of “Nadezhda”, 1803–

1806)]. SPb., TSKP VMF. 2003. 599 p.

◆ Barton Roy Franklin. Philippine pagans — Autobiographies of three Ifugaos. L.:

Routledge. 1938. 271 p.

◆ Barton Roy Franklin. The Religion of the Ifugaos. American Anthropological

Association, Memoir 65, 1946. American Anthropologist, Vol. 48, No. 4, Part 2.

P. 1–219.

◆ Barton Roy Franklin. The Mythology of the Ifugaos. Memoirs of the Ameri-

can // Folklore Society. Vol. 46, 1955. P. 1–244.

Monographs published in 2004–09:

◆ Belkov P. L. Mif i totem v traditsionnom obschestve aborigenov Avstralii [Myth

and totem in the traditional society of Australian aborigines] (Kunstkamera Pet-

ropolitana). SPb., 2004. 288 p.

◆ Revunenkova E.V.Sulalat-us-salatin: malayskaya rukopis’ Kruzensterna i ee kul’-

turno-istoricheskoe znachenie [Sulalat-us-salatin: the Malay manuscript of

Kruzensterns and its cultural-historical meaning]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vos-

tokovedenie, 2008.

◆ Fyodorova I. K. Missionery ostrova Paskhi [Missionaries of the Easter Island].

(Kunstkamera Petropolitana). SPb., 2004. 376 p.

EXPEDITIONS

Field work is an important part of the department’s activities. P. L. Bel-

kov has participated in nine, A. A. Lebedeva in three, A. K. Kasatkina

in two expeditions. E.V. Revunenkova’s expeditions (five field seasons)


© МАЭ РАН

80


include a trip to Malaysia (1989) and Indonesia (1999, the Batak peo-

ple of the Java and Sumatra Islands). M. V. Stanyukovich’s field work

(11 seasons) includes trips to Cuba and three long-term expeditions

to the Philippines (December 1994 — September 1995; January–March

2006; February–March 2008; work in highland Luzon, the Ifugao

Province). Valuable ethnographical collections have been acquired, as

well as video and audio materials on the material culture, folklore and

mythology of the Philippines.

CONFERENCES

Since 1982, the Department sponsors an annual conference “Mak-

laevskie chteniya” (“Maclay Lectures”) concerned with history, ethnol-

ogy and culture of Australia,Oceania and East Asia.The speakers are re-

searchers from the Institute of Ethnology and Anthropology (Moscow),

St. Petersburg University, Russian Ethnographic Museum, and other in-

stitutions of Russia and foreign countries. Proceedings and and papers

were regularly published in the form of abstracts, and since 2006 — as

complete thematic collections of articles (6 issues altogether) for more

than three decades. The most recent issue appeared in 2006:

◆ Istoriko-kul’turnye svyazi narodov Tikhookeanskogo basseina:

Maklaevskie chteniya 2002, 2003, 2005 gg. [Historical-Cultural re-

lations of the peoples of the Pacific region: Maclay lectures 2002, 2003,

2005] / Ed. by E. V. Revunenkova. SPb., MAE RAS, 2006. 311 p.

PRIZES AND AWARDS

The department staff members have more than once won scholarly

awards. The most important ones include:

◆ Fedorova I. K.— N. N. Miklukho-Maclay award (1981);

◆ Butinov N. A.— N. N. Miklukho-Maclay award (1987);

◆ Fedorova I. K.— Russian Academy of Sciences Presidium award

(1995);

◆ Revunenkova E. V.— Indonesian-Russian firm Prima Comexindo

Rus award (1995).


© МАЭ РАН


81

CURRENT RESEARCH PROJECTS

The department’s staff members are currently engaged in three large

collective research projects:“Mythological-ritual cultural space” (sec-

tion “Mythical-ritual space of Austronesian cultures”),“Museum col-

lections and archive materials in the history of Russian and world cul-

ture” (secion “Museum collections and archive materials on Austro-

nesian cultures”),“Cultural and biological aspects of development of

mankind” (section “Ethno-botany”). These researchers are to result

in the publication of a collection of articles entitled “Pilipinas muna!

(Filippiny prezhde vsego!)” [Pilipinas muna! (The Philippines above

all)] (compiler and editor M. V. Stanyukovich), and a collective

monograph entitled “Betel’: etnobotanika, ritual, etiket. Zhevatel’nye

stimulyatory v rituale i mifologii narodov mira” [Betel: ethno-botany,

ritual, etiquette. Chewing stimulators in rituals and mytholofy of the

peoples of the world] (compiler and editor M.V. Stanyukovich), mono-

graphs “Okeaniiskie kollektsii MAE iz sobraniya russkikh krugosvet-

nykh ekspeditsii. Istoriya postuplenii” [Oceanian collections of the MAE

from Russian circumnavigations. Acquisition history] (P. L. Belkov),

“Bataki — mir idei i veschei (po kollektsiyam MAE)” [The world of

ideas and objects (on MAE materials)] (E. V. Revunenkova), “Mikro-

neziiskoe moreplavanie” [Micronesian navigation] (A. A. Lebedeva).

Also, several conferences are planned and articles are being prepared

for publication.

COLLECTIONS

The department’s collections are among the most valuable in the Mu-

seum. The Department has four collections: on the Indonesian-Malay

region, the Philippines, Australia and Oceania.

The first acquisitions from Australia and Oceania date back to the

last quarter of the 18th century (they include the unique collection as-

sembled during Captain Cook’s voyages), whereas the earliest artifacts

from the Philippines and Indonesia were acquired in the early 1800s.

The Department is in charge of four groups of collections: those

from the Indonesian-Malay region, from the Philippines, from Aus-

tralia, and from Oceania.

Indonesian collections. The Indonesian collections of the museum

began to form in 1838. Since the mid-1860s the museum has been re-


© МАЭ РАН

82


acquired. Especially rich ones, containing cultural and household ob-

jects of the Bataks, the Dayak, the Javanese, the Balinese, and the Bug-

inese,were received from G.Meissner,K.Maschmeyer and A.Grubauer.

Highly important contributions were made by Russian collectors

A. S. Estrin and A. J. Smotritskaya, whose well-directed efforts helped

enrich MAE collections of artifacts from Sumatra, Bali, the Moluccas,

and West Irian. Among the most valuable acquisitions of the recent

Wrist bracelets.

Toba-batak. Indonesia,

Sumatra.

Collector A. Grubauer.

Early 20th century.

Metal

ceiving collections and separate specimens from Indonesia. The rate

of their influx varied with time. In the late 1800s and early 1900s nu-

merous but mostly irregular donations were made by different collec-

tors such as Dutch officials,naval officers, scientists, and diplomats,and

Russian researchers, doctors, and diplomats. In the early 1900s, large

collections representing the Batak culture of northern Sumatra were

Dagger. Toba-Batak.

Indonesia, Sumatra.

Middle of the

18th century.

Metal, wood, ivory

Fabric for festive

clothes. Karo-Batak.

Indonesia, Sumatra.

Late 20th century.

Cotton, glass beads,

metal threads


© МАЭ РАН


83

years are Papuan artifacts from West Irian donated by P. V. Komin

(1968), hieratic books acquired specially for MAE by the Dutch theo-

logist M. K. Jongeling (1973), those brought from Malaysia by Prof.

A. K. Ogloblin of St. Petersburg University Oriental Department, and

those from various regions of Indonesia, donated by Mrs. E. Vitular,

wife of the Indonesian Consul in Russia (1997). Currently, the In-

donesian and Malaysian collections contain about 5.5 thousand

specimens.

The Philippines. Twelve museum collections consist of Philippine objects

exclusively (collectors O.R.Stakelberg,G.Meyer,V.V.Svyatlovskii,U.Tern-

ball, N. N. Miklukho-Maclay, G.Wolf, R. F. Barton, M.V. Stanyukovich).

Besides, Philippine objects are contained in early collections, received

Married woman. Tagal.

The Philippines.

From K. N. Pos’et's collection.

Middle of the 19th century

Hat of a plantation worker.

Ilocano. The Philippines.

Collector V. V. Svetlovskii.

Early 20th century.

Palm leaves

Xylophone and sticks

for playing on it with covers

in the form of a rhinoceros-bird.

Sulu-Somal. The Philippines,

Tawi-Tawi. M. V. Stanyukovich.

Early 21st century.

Wood, bamboo, paint


© МАЭ РАН

84


from N. N. Miklukho-Maclay, and from the Berlin Museum of Ethnol-

ogy, the central Military-Navy Museum, the Academy of Arts, and old

MAE funds, in which there are scattered among Indonesian collections.

The earliest known specimens in the Philippine collection were ac-

quired in 1821, when Russia’s Consul General in the Philippines Pieter

Dobel donated a collection of clothing to the Museum. Half a centu-

ry later the depositories of the Ethnographic Museum (now MAE) were

enriched with a collection acquired by N. N. Miklukho-Maclay from

the Philippine Negritos in 1873.1879, the Governor-General of the Phi-

lippines gave to the Russian rear-admiral O.R. Stakelberg “a glorious

pike of the unbowed tribe”. In the early 1900s the Museum acquired a

set of Aeta (Philippine Negrito) weapons and Turnbull’s valuable col-

lection representing the Ifugao culture (1915).

In 1938, Roy Franklin Barton, the American ethnographer who

worked at MAE for ten years, brought from his trip to the Philippines

a large collection of Ifugao artifacts. The most recent collections were

acquired by MAE staff member M. V. Stanyukovich during her expe-

ditions in 1995, 2006 and 2008. Also, the museum possesses vast illus-

trative materials related to the peoples of the Philippines. The most

valuable items are objects and photographs reflecting the culture of the

Aeta — hunter-gatherers of Luzon, and especially Ifugao, who in the

recent past were head-hunters and builders of world’s highest system

of rice terraces.

Australia and Oceania. The Museum currently possesses 157 ethno-

graphic collections from Australia and Oceania containing about 6.5

thousand units. The bulk of the Oceanian collections formed in the

1800s and early 1900s. However, the first acquisitions from Australia

and Oceania date back to the last quarter of the 18th century. They are

the so-called Cook’s collections.

Thanks to the assistance provided by the Russian authorities to

members of Captain James Cook’s voyage, the depositories of the

Kunstkamera were enriched by materials which are of special value as

they reflect the precontact stage of Polynesian culture. In 1777, natu-

ralist H. Forster, Cook’s crewmate during his second expedition,

shipped three Tahitian tapas to St. Petersburg, and in 1780 the retired

Commander of Kamchatka prime-major M. Böhm brought to St. Pe-

tersburg several dozens of objects from the Pacific islands collected in

the course of Cook’s third voyage.Cook’s collections contain cloaks and

helmets made of birds’ feathers,which have no counterparts in any for-

eign museums. In 2002 this collection was displayed on a temporary

exhibition Captain Cook’s Last Voyage, the full catalogue of which, in

both Russian and English can be viewed on the Museum’s web site at

http://www.kunstkamera.ru/exhibitions/exhibition_on_museum/

arhiv_vystavok/capitan_cooks_last_voyage/).


© МАЭ РАН


85

with intricately tattooed faces. They were considered sacred relics

among the Maori

In 1806 a personal donation was made by a Russian seafarer Yu.F.Li-

syanskii. In 1826–28, an array of Oceanian artifacts from several early

Russian circumnavigations in the first quarter of the 19th century was

transferred to the Kunstkamera from the Admiralty Museum. In 1830

the Kunstkamera received a large Micronesian collection assembled by

members of Captain F. P. Lütke’s expedition.

The bulk of the museum’s New Guinean and Melanesian collections

are things collected by the famous Russian traveler and naturalist

N. N. Miklukho-Maclay. Especially valuable are those from Easter Is-

land — wooden figures and two wooden plates with carved inscrip-

tions, called “kohau rongo-rongo”.

Among the Australian collections there are rich samples of weapons

and magical objects, specifically an amazing set of Australian “chur-

ings”, ritual objects used in the “mika” rite. New Guinean materials in-

clude rare wooden, stone, and clay images of Papuan ancestors. There

Unique specimens include the mantle and the helmet of Kame-

amea I — the first King of the Hawaii (brought to the Museum in 1810.

The Museum possesses three mummified heads of New Zealand chiefs

Breast-plate - fragment of a mourning outfit. Polynesians, Tahiti.

J. Cook. Second half of the 18th century. Nacre, vegetable fiber


© МАЭ РАН

86


are numerous Melanesian utensils, and a

valuable collection of Melanesian masks

which were used by members of secret

male unions in their rites. There is also a

curious collection of shell money from Mi-

cronesia and stone money from Yap Island.

In the late 1800s and early 1900s, a huge

contribution to the Oceanian collections of

MAE was made by German researchers

and travelers such as O. Finsch, G. Mayer,

K.Maschmeyer, etc.Among Russian travel-

ers of that time whose collections from

Oceania owned by the Museum are A.L.Ya-

schenko and W. W. Swiatlowsky.

Fighting club. Polynesians.

The Marquesas Islands, Nuka-Hiwa.

Expedition of I. F. Kruzenstern,

Yu .F. Lisyanskii. Early 19th century.

Wood

Sculptural group. Maori,

New Zeland.

Expedition of F. F. Bellinshausen,

M .P. Lazarev. Early 19th century.

Wood, nacre


© МАЭ РАН


87

Materials were acquired throughout the 20th century. Especially

noteworthy are those obtained by the ethnographic team of the Insti-

tute of Ethnography and Anthropology (to which MAE belonged at

that time) during their voyage on board the ship “Dmitrii Mendeleev”

in 1971–72.

“Wang” boat under the sail, with

a balancer and a covered cabin.

Drawing by N. N. Miklukho-Maclay.

On the drawing there is an inscription

made by the author: “Wang, Bili-Bili,

August 24th, 1872”

Participant of the “Ai” festival

in a wooden mask, with his head

decorated with feathers, dressed

in an outfit made of leaves, with ankle

bracelets and a spear in his hand.

New Guinea. Drawing by

N. N. Miklukho-Maclay.

Second half of the 19th century

An Australian. Australia.

From N .N. Miklukho-Maclay's

collection. Second half

of the 19th century


© МАЭ РАН

88


Both department staff members and scholars from other Russian

and foreign institutions have published numerous works addressing

the department’s collections (both the artifacts themselves and the his-

tory of their acquisition). The most important publications of the last

several years are:

◆ Belkov P. L. Gawaiskie kruglye nakidki v kollektsii MAE RAN i problemy muzei-

nogo istochnikovedeniya [Hawaiian round cloacks in the collections of the MAE

N. A. Butinov on Ellis Island. 1971

left:

N. A. Butinov on New Guinea. 1971

B. N. Putilov with a group of performing singers. Gilbert Islands, 1971


© МАЭ РАН


89

RAS and problems of museum source study] // Radlovskie chteniya 2006: Tez.

Dokl. [Radlov’s lectures 2006: abstracts]. SPb., 2006. P. 59–65.

◆ Belkov P. L. Gawaiskie kruglye nakidki iz Kukovskoi kollektsii MAE (prodolzhe-

nie issledovaniya) [Hawaiian round cloacks from Cook’s collection in the MAE

(continuation)] // Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye issledovanya i muzeinye proek-

ty MAE RAN v 2007 g. [Radlov’s collection: Scientific researches and museum proj-

ects in the MAE RAS in 2007]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2008. P. 416–420.

◆ Belkov P. L. Esche raz ob ispol’zovanii dokumentov pri rekonstruktsii starin-

nykh muzeinykh kollektsii (nabroski metoda) [Once more about the use of doc-

uments while reconstructing old museum collections (draft of method)] // Prob-

lemy obschei i regional’noi etnografii. K 75-letiyu A. M. Reshetova [Problems of

general and regional ethnography. To A. M. Reshetov’s 75th anniversary] SPb.,

2007. P 272–280.

◆ Belkov P. L. Okeaniiskie predmety L. S. Vakselya v istorii sozdaniya nauchnykh

etnograficheskikh kollektsii MAE (po dokumentam MAE RAN, RGA VMF i

PFA RAN) [Oceanian objects of L. S. Vaksel in the history of formation of scien-

tific ethnographical collections of the MAE (according to the documents of the

MAE RAS, RGA MNF and PFA RAS)] // Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh naro-

dov (istoriya kollektsii i ikh sobirateli) [Culture and everyday life of Austrone-

sian peoples (the history of collections and collectors)]. SPb., 2007. P. 72–108.

(MAE Collections. Vol. LIII).

◆ Belkov P. L.“Deshifrovka” muzeinykh katalogov kontsa XVIII — nachala XIX v.

i problema identifikatsii predmetov iz rannikh postuplenii MAE [‘Decoding’ of

museum catalogues of late 18th — early 19th century, and the problem of identi-

fication of objects from the MAE early collections] // Radlovskii sbornik [Radlov’s

Collection]. SPb., 2007. P. 45–55.

◆ Kasatkina A. K. Illustrativnye materially otdela Avstralii, Okeanii i Indonezii po

ostrovam Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii [Illustrative materials of the Department of Aus-

tralia, Oceania and Indonesia on the islands of South-East Asia] // Radlovskii

sbornik: Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2008 g.

[Radlov’s Collection: Scientific researches and museum projects of the MAE RAS

in 2008]. SPb., 2009. P. 277–281.

◆ Kislyakov V. N. Avstraliiskie i okeaniiskie kollektsii Muzeya antropologii i etno-

grafii im. Petra Velikogo v muzeinykh zalakh i otechestvennoi nauchnoi litera-

ture [Australian and Oceanian collections of Peter the Great Museum of Anthro-

pology and Ethnogrpahy in museum rooms and Russian scientific literature] //

Problemy etnografii i istorii kul’tury narodov Aziatsko-Tikhookeanskogo re-

giona [Problems of ethnography and the history of culture of the peoples of Asian-

Pacific region]. SPb., 2004. P. 304–312.

◆ Kislyakov V. N. Materialy k istorii komplektovaniya Indoneziiskogo fonda

(kollektsii K. Mashmeiera, G. Meissnera i A. Grubauera) [Materials on the his-

tory of formation of the Indonesian fund (collections of K. Mashmeyer, G. Meiss-

ner and A. Grubauer)] // Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh narodov [Culture and

everyday life of Austronesian peoples]. SPb., 2007. P. 185–246. (MAE Collections.

Vol. LIII).


© МАЭ РАН

90


◆ Lebedeva A.A.“Signal’nye rakoviny Okeanii”[‘Signal shells of Oceania’] // VI Kon-

gress etnografov i antropologov Rossii [6th Congress of ethnographers and an-

thropologists of Russia]. SPb., 2005. P. 166.

◆ Lebedeva A. A. Modeli okeaniiskikh kanoe v kollektsiyakh MAE i Tsentral’nogo

voenno-morskogo muzeya [Models of Oceanian canoes in the collections of the MAE

and the Central Military-Navy Museum] // Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh naro-

dov (istoriya kollektsii i ikh sobirateli) [Culture and everyday life of Austronesian

peoples (the history of collections and collectors)].SPb.,2007.P.321–332.(MAE Col-

lections. Vol. LIII).

◆ Lebedeva A.A.Materialy i dokumenty,khranyaschiesya v otdele Avstralii,Okeanii

i Indonezii [Materials and documens kept in the Department of Australia, Oceania

and Indonesia] // Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh narodov (istoriya kollektsii i ikh

sobirateli) [Culture and everyday life of Austronesian peoples (the history of collec-

tions and collectors)]. SPb., 2007. P. 321–332. (MAE Collections. Vol. LIII).

◆ Revunenkova E.V.Modeli karo batakskikh domov v sobranii MAE [Models of karo

Batak homes in the MAE collections] // Kul’tura i byt avstroneziiskikh narodov (is-

toriya kollektsii i ikh sobirateli) [Culture and everyday life of Austronesian peoples

(the history of collections and collectors)].SPb.,2007.P.137–184.(MAE Collections.

Vol. LIII).

◆ Stanyukovich M. V. Novye postupleniya po Filippinam: kreterii sbora i sostav

kollektsii # 7161 i # 7315 [New acquisitions on the Philippines: collecting criteria

and the composition of collections # 7161 and # 7315] // Kul’tura i byt avstronezi-

iskikh narodov (istoriya kollektsii i ikh sobirateli) [Culture and everyday life of Aus-

tronesian peoples (the history of collections and collectors)]. SPb., 2007. P. 237–299.

(MAE Collections. Vol. LIII).

◆ Stanyukovich M.V. Tsena muzeinogo predmeta. Polevaya rabota i sbor kollektsii

na Filippinakh [The price of a museum exhibit. Field work and acquisition of col-

lections in the Philippines] // Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i

muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2008 godu [Radlov’s Collection.Scientific researches

and museum projects of the MAE RAS in 2008]. SPb., 2009. P. 187–193.

◆ Fyodorova I.K.Markizskie predmety v kollektsiyakh MAE RAN (po materialam per-

vykh rossiiskikh moreplavatelei) [Marquesas objects in the collections of the MAE RAS

(on the materials of the first Russian seafarers)] // Radlovskii sbornik.Nauchnye issle-

dovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2007 godu [Radlov’s Collection. Scientif-

ic researches and museum projects of the MAE RAS in 2007]. SPb., 2008. P. 479–485.

◆ Belkov P. L. The Cook Collections in the Kunstkamera // Pacific Treatures. Cook

Collections from the Kunstkamera, St. Petersburg. L., 2006. P. 7–17.

◆ Belkov P. L.Deciphering old catalogues: Rediscovery of the Rapa Nui figures from

St.Petersburg’s Kunstkamera // VII International Conference on Easter Island and

the Pacific Migration,Identity and Cultural Heritage: Program and Abstracts.Got-

land University 20–25 August 2007. P. 51.

◆ Revounenkova Elena V. Batak Priests’ Books in the MAE Collection. I // Manu-

scripta Orientalia: Intern. J. for Oriental Manuscript Res. 2005.V. 11. # 2. P. 37–55.

◆ Revounenkova Elena V. Batak Priests’ Books in the MAE Collection. II // Manu-

scripta Orientalia: Intern. J. for Oriental Manuscript Res. 2005.V. 11. # 3. P. 57–70.


© МАЭ РАН


91

◆ Stanyukovich M.V. R. F. Barton, an outstanding American Anthropologist, as a Re-

search Fellow of the Institute of Anthropology and Ethnography,Leningrad,1930–

1940 // Russian-American Links: 300 Years of Cooperation. SPb., 2004, P. 34–49.

◆ Stanyukovich M.V.The symbolic meaning of ethnographic objects in Ifugao hud-

hud tradition // Cordillera Studies. Baguio City, Philippines, 2008. P. 12.

Exposition on the ethnography

of Australia and Oceania. MAE. 1925

left:


of Indonesian peoples. MAE. 1880

EXPOSITIONS

Only one of the present expositions is

based on collections owned by the De-

partment of Australia, Oceania and In-

donesia,namely “Indonesia”which show-

ing the traditional culture of the Bataks

and the Minangkabau. The exhibits con-

cern economy and crafts (weaving,smith-

ery, pottery production, and plaiting).

There are models of dwellings and sever-

al objects related to religious and magic

beliefs including things used by Batak

priests. A prominent feature of the expo-


© МАЭ РАН

92


Headdress and mantle

of the King of Hawaii

Kameamea I


of Australia and Oceania. 1990s.

Costume of the King of Hawaii

Kameamea I on a mannequin


© МАЭ РАН


93

sition is a model of a traditional Batak village. It was made by Bataks of

the Karo tribe in late 1800s and presented to the museum together with

a rich collection of Batak artifacts by George Meissner, administrator of

Delhi Tobacco Company in northern Sumatra. The model represents

houses of the village elders, those of common villagers, barns for stor-

ing rice, also used as sleeping places for juveniles, unmarried young

males, and guests, a public rice mortar, and a playground.

The permanent exposition dealing with peoples of Australia and

Oceania, that used to be very popular with the visitors, has been tem-

porarily closed down. It will be reopened, however, after the recon-

struction of the museum rooms has been completed.

The department’s collections have been demonstrated abroad on

numerous occasions. In particular, in 2006 an exhibition called “Sokro-

vischa Pasifiki: kollektsii kapitana Kuka v Peterburgskoi Kunstkamere”

[‘Treasures of the Pacific: Captain Cook’s collections in the St.Petersburg

Kunstkamera’] was held in Captain Cook’s Museum (Middlesborough,

the UK). Several catalogues of MAE exhibitions and international ex-

hibition projects in which the departments staff members were en-

gaged have been published:

◆ Chistov Y. K., Belkov P. L. Pacific Treatures. Cook Collections from

the Kunstkamera, St. Petersburg. Marton, Middlesbrough, 2006.

◆ Woldemars Matwejs (Vladimir Markov) (1877–1914) in Petersburg:

Catalogue,14 Oct.— 22 Nov.2004,The Russian Museum,Saint-Pe-

tersburg, SPb. 2004. 78 p. (in Russian and English).

◆ Churinga: znak predkov [Churinga: Symbol of the Past]. Author of

concept P. Belkov. Text by P. Belkov. Designed by V. I. Korotkov,

N. L. Il’tsen, I. V. Kiselev. MAE. 2008.

Exposition on the ethnography of Indonesia. Batak village (model). 2009


© МАЭ РАН

94

d e p a r t m e n t o f a m e r i c a

Mask. Alutiiq. Kodiak Island.Early 19th century. Collected byI.G. Voznesenskii. Wood, paint

Phone: (812) 328-41-52, ext. 115


Head of Department

Yuri Berezkin


© МАЭ РАН

95

DEPARTMENT OF AMERICA

he Department of America of the

MAE was founded in the very beginning

of the 20th century. It was headed

by a prominent ethnographer

L.Ya. Sternberg.

In 1911 the Department of Central and South America was

founded and directed by K. K. Hilsen. L.Ya. Sternberg con-

tinued to direct the Department of North America. After

K. K. Hilsen’s death in 1918, V. G. Bogoraz-Tan, a promi-

nent specialist in the ethnography of Siberian natives, be-

came head of the department. In the 1920s — early 1930s

the Department of North America was headed by S.A.Rat-

ner-Sterberg. In 1937, after the formation of the Museum

of Anthropology and Ethnography, she again became head

of the newly founded Department of North, Central and

South America. In the 1960s–1980s the department was

headed by R. V. Kinzhalov, Dr.Sc., an outstanding special-

ist in the history and culture of Mexico and Central Amer-

ica, and an Honoured Scientist of the Russian Federation.

In the 1940s–1950s among the department’s staff mem-

bers were M.V. Stepanova, E.V. Zibert, E. E. Blomkvist and

N. G. Shprintsyn. In 1950–90 one of the department staff

members was Yu.V. Knorozov, D.Sc., winner of the Natio-

nal Award, a world-known specialist in the deciphering of

the ancient systems of writing. A monument to Knorozov

was erected in Mexico City, marking his outstanding

achievements in the study of pre-Columbian cultures of

Central America.

In the same years the department staff included R.G.Lya-

punova,Cand.Sc., a specialist in the Aleuts,G.N.Dzeniske-

vich., Cand.Sc., a specialist in northern Athabaskans and

Tlingit (she headed the department in the 1990s), and

A. D. Dridzo, D.Sc., a specialist in Caribbean ethnography.

R. V. Kinzhalov (1920–2006)

Yu. V. Knorozov (1922–1999)

T


© МАЭ РАН

96


MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

The main research areas of the department are traditional ideology and

material culture of North and South American natives, and origins and

attribution of the collections.

The department staff includes several noted specialists in American

ethnography and native history.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Berezkin Yuri, Head of Department, D.Sc. (archaeology of the New

World, ethnology of the indigenous populations of America, com-

parative mythology, colonization of America, early complex soci-

eties, iconography of pre-Hispanic cultures of the Central Andes).

Korsun Sergey, Senior Researcher, Cand. Sc. (the history of collections

on the peoples of the Russian America, attribution of North Amer-

ican collections).

Taksami Natal’ya, Researcher, Cand.Sc. (modern ethnic processes

among the indigenous populations of Alaska).

Yanshina Oksana Vadimovna, Senior Researcher, Cand. Sc. (archae-

ology of the Far East and the New World).

Yakovleva Lyubov’, Senior Assistant (ceramics of the peoples of South

America).

Sokolova Ol’ga, Senior Assistant (traditional culture of West Mexico).


The most important monographs published by the department staff

include the following:

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Mochika: Tsivilizatsiya indeitsev Severnogo pobe-

rezh’ya Peru v I–VII vv. [Civilization of the Indians of the Northern

Coast of Peru in the 1st–7th Centuries AD]. Leningrad: Nauka, 1983.

165 p.

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Inki. Istoricheskii opyt imperii [The Inca. An His-

torical Experience of an Empire]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1991. 229 p.

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Most cherez okean: Zaselenie Novogo Sveta i mifo-

logiya indeitsev i eskimosov Ameriki [A Bridge across the Ocean: Col-


© МАЭ РАН


97

onization of the New World and the Mythology of American Indians and Eskimos].

Lewiston — New York, 2001. 430 p.

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Mify zaselyayut Ameriku. Areal’noe raspredelenie fol’klornykh

motivov i rannie migratsii v Novyi Svet [Myths inhabit America. Areal distribu-

tion of folklore motives and earl migrations to the New World]. M.: Ob’edinennoe

Gumanitarnoe Izd-vo. 2007. 359 p.

◆ Dzeniskevich G. I. Atapaski Alyaski. Ocherki material’noi i dukhovnoi kul’tury.

Konets XVIII — nachalo XX v. [Alaskan Athabaskans: Studies in Material Culture

and Ideology. Late 18th — Early 20th centuries]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1987. 152 p.

◆ Dridzo A. D.Yamaiskie maruny. Istoriko-etnograficheskii ocherk [Jamaican Ma-

roons: An Historical and Ethnographic Study]. Moscow, Nauka. 1971. 237 p.

◆ Kinzhalov R. V. Kul’tura drevnikh maya [The Culture of the Ancient Maya].

Leningrad: Nauka. 1971. 364 p.

◆ Knorozov Yu. V. Sistema pis’ma drevnikh maya [The Ancient Mayan System of

Writing]. Moscow, Nauka. 1955. 95 p.

◆ Knorozov Yu.V. Pis’mennost’ indeitsev maya [The System of Writing of the Maya

Indians]. Moscow–Leningrad: Nauka, 1963. 663 p.

◆ Knorozov Yu. V. Ieroglificheskie rukopisi maya [Mayan Hieroglyphic Manu-

scripts]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1975. 272 p.

◆ Korsun S. A., Taksami N. Ch., Ushakov N. V. (Eds.). Sokrovischa Kunstkamery.

Aleuty: kakimi ikh uvidel W. I. Jochelson [Treasures of the Kunstkamera. Aleuts

As Seen By W. I. Jochelson]. SPb., MAE RAN. 2001. 100 p.

◆ Lyapunova R. G. Ocherki po etnografii aleutov [Studies in Aleut Ethnography].

Leningrad: Nauka. 1975. 200 p.

◆ Lyapunova R. G.Aleuty. Ocherki etnicheskoi istorii [Aleuts: Studies in Ethnic His-

tory]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1987. 228 p.

◆ Taksami N. Ch. Korennoe naselenie Alyaski nakanune tret’ego tysyacheletiya

[Indigenous Population of Alaska on the Threshold of the Third Millenium]. SPb.,

Nauka. 2002. 420 p.

The most important collections of articles published by the department are these:

◆ Dzeniskevich G. I., Dridzo A. D. (Eds.). Amerikanskie aborigeny i ikh kul’tura

[American Aborigines and Their Culture]. SPb., MAE RAN. 1998. 176 p.

◆ Dzeniskevich G. I.,Dridzo A.D.(Eds.) Otkrytie Ameriki prodolzhaetsya [The On-

going Discovery of America]. Vol. 1. SPb., MAE RAN. 1993. 160 p.

◆ Dzeniskevich G.I.,Dridzo A.D.,Okladnikova E.A.(Eds.).Otkrytie Ameriki prodol-

zhaetsya [The Ongoing Discovery of America].Vol. 2. SPb., MAE RAN. 1994. 288 p.

◆ Dzeniskevich G. I.,Dridzo A.D.(Eds.) Otkrytie Ameriki prodolzhaetsya [The On-

going Discovery of America]. Vol. 3. Spb. MAE RAN. 2001. 208 p.

◆ Its R. F. (Ed.) Ku’tura narodov Ameriki [Culture of the American Natives]. (MAE

Collection. Vol. XL). Leningrad: Nauka. 1985. 176 p.

◆ Olderogge D. A. (Ed.) Iz kul’turnogo naslediya narodov Ameriki i Afriki [From

the Cultural Heritage of the Peoples of America and Africa]. (MAE Collection.

Vol. XXXI). Leningrad: Nauka. 1975. 236 p.


© МАЭ РАН

98


◆ Potapov L.P.(Ed.).Kul’tura i byt narodov Ameriki [Culture and Every-

day Life of the American Natives]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1967. 308 p.

◆ Berezkin Yu.E. (Ed.).Aborigeny Ameriki: predmety i predstavleniya

[American aborigines: objects and beliefs]. MAE collections, Vol. L.

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2005.

EXPEDITIONS

In the 20th century the museum staff members participated in the set-

up of two ethnographic expeditions to North America.

The first one took place in 1909–10 under the direction of W .I. Jo-

chelson, who conducted archeological, anthropological, linguistic, and

ethnographic studies among the Aleuts on the islands of Umnak, At-

ka, Attu, and Unalashka. In the course of the expedition W. I. Jochel-

son collected more than 1500 items representing traditional culture,

made more than one thousand photographs, compiled a dictionary of

the Aleutian language that included more than 5 thousand words, and

recorded more than one hundred legends and myths.

The second expedition was carried out in 1930–31 when the mu-

seum staff member Yu. P. Averkieva visited, under the guidance of

F. Boas, several Kwakiutl villages on Vancouver Island, British Colum-

bia, Canada. Field materials collected by her were published in the USA

in the 1990s. She handed to the museum a valuable collection of more

Woman with a child. Aleut.

The Umnak Island. Photograph by V. I. Johelson.

Early 20th century

Clan symbols at a cemetery. Kwakiutl.

North America, The Vancouver Island.

Photograph by V. P. Averkieva.

First half of the 20th century


© МАЭ РАН


99

than 60 items and over 100 photographs representing the life of

natives.


In 2009–11 the department staff members have been, and will be, en-

gaged in the development of inter-departmental research projects en-

titled “State and ethnos” (section “Alaskan indigenous population on

the turn of the centuries”), “Museum collections and archive mate-

rials in the history of Russian and world culture” (section “American

collections of the MAE”), and “Cultural and biological aspects of de-

velopment of humanity” (section “Areals of mythological motives

distribution as a source for reconstruction of ancient migrations and

cultural contacts”). This work will result in a catalogue of the MAE

collections on the Alutiiq Eskimos of Alaska, a monograph and nu-

merous articles.

COLLECTIONS

The museum received its first collections on American natives in the

early 1700s. The influx of materials intensified in the late 1700s thanks

to Russia’s activities in the Aleutian Islands and Alaska. The Museum

possesses about 150 unique exhibits from North and South America

collected as early as in the 18th century. In 1803–06 the First Russian

Circumnavigation led by I. F. Krusenstern and Yu. F. Lisyanskii took

place. Its participants handed to the museum numerous artifacts made

by Alaskan and Californian natives. In the early 1800s, some fifty voy-

ages were set up to supply goods to the Russian colonies in America.

Many of their participants donated ethnographic collections to the

Museum. In 1839–49 a multidisciplinary expedition led by I. G. Voz-

nesenskii was dispatched to Siberia and Alaska to explore human and

natural resources of these regions. Voznesenskii spent several years

(1840–45) in Russian America. During that period he purchased more

than one thousand ethnographic items from the Aleuts, Eskimos,

northern Athabaskans, Tlingit, Californian Indians, and other North

American natives. These collections, too, were donated to the Kunst-

kamera.

In the late 1800s, an exchange of collections with foreign museums

began, first with the National Museum of Copenhagen and then with


© МАЭ РАН

100


Quiver with hunting scenes.

Tanaina. North America.

First half of the 19th century.

Deer suede, paint, beads

Sea otter figure. Aleut. North

America, the Aleutian Islands.

19th century. Walrus bone

Ceremonial costume

made of condor feathers.

Californian Indians.

Collector I. G. Voznesenskii.

First half of the 19th century

Battle helmet. Tlingit. North

America, Alexander Archipelago.

Collector Yu. F. Lisyanskii.

Early 19th century. Wood, paint,

leather, hair, opercula shells


© МАЭ РАН


101

the American Museum of Natural History in New York and the Smith-

sonian Institution in Washington. Thanks to this cooperation our mu-

seum owns a number of valuable materials representing the cultures

of Greenlandic Eskimos and North American Indians.

As a result, large ethnographical collections from native North

America formed in the museum.They rank among world’s richest.The

most valuable exhibits include those collected among Alaskan, Aleut-

ian, and Californian natives. These collections were mostly assembled

in the early 1800s, when the aborigines of Russian America had not yet

been influenced by the Europeans and had still preserved the key fea-

tures of their traditional lifestyle. In Western museums, collections

representing this region began to form only in the late 1800s or early

1900s. Especially impressive is Museum’s Tlingit collection.

The most valuable materials on Latin American Indians were

brought by the expeditions directed by G. I.Langsdorf (in the first third

of the 19th century), A. V. Frietsch, and G. G. Maniser.

Especially important are Amazonian collections received from var-

ious sources over the period from the third quarter of the 18th centu-

left:

Eskimo women. East Greenland.

Photograph by V. Talbitser.

Early 20th century

Chief of the Aparai tribe.

Brazil. Early 20th century.

Exchange with the Museum

of the University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia

Girls in dancing costumes.

Wapishana. Brazil. Early 20th

century. Exchange with the

Museum of the University

of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia


© МАЭ РАН

102


Tlingit men performing

the raven dance.

Mannequins on the

exposition in the hall

of North America

Vessel in the shape

of a river beaver. Tlingit.

North-West America.

Collector I. G. Voznesen-

skii. Wood, paint,

opercula shells

Boat model. Tlingit. North-West

America. Collector I. G. Voznesen-

skii. First half of the 19th century.

Wood, paint, human hair


© МАЭ РАН

ry to the early 20th century, and one representing West Mexican In-

dians and donated by the German ethnographer K. T. Preuss in the

early 1900s.

The department has prepared

several databases containing infor-

mation on the ethnographic collec-

tions from North and South Amer-

ica.The department’s staff members

as well as specialists from other Rus-

sian and foreign centers have pub-

lished a number of articles address-

ing both the origins and interpreta-

tion of these collections. Some are

listed below.

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Mir cherepakhi: ot detskikh rasskazov do kosmogo-

nii.V svyazi s oberegom iz severoamerikanskikh kollektsii MAE [The

world of the tortoise: from children’s stories to cosmogony. In relation

with an amulet from North American collections of the MAE] //

Aborigeny Ameriki: Predmety i predstavleniya [American Aborigines:

objects and beliefs]. MAE Collections, Vol. L. SPb., 2005. P. 251–279.

◆ Berezkin Yu. E. Novoe postuplenie: sosud v kul’ture lambaieke (si-

kan) [New acquisitions: the vessel in the Lambayek (Sikan) culture] //

Aborigeny Ameriki: Predmety i predstavleniya [American Aborigines:

objects and beliefs]. MAE Collections, Vol. L. SPb., 2005. P. 280–285.

◆ Dzeniskevich G. I. Shamanskie predmety v kollektsii G. Chudnov-

skogo. [Shamans’ Objects in Chudnovskii’s collection] // Amerikan-

skie aborigeny i ih kul’tura. SPb., MAE RAN. 1998. P. 82–110.

◆ Korsun S.A.K istorii formirovaniya kollektsii po narodam Tsentral’-

noi i Yuzhnoi Ameriki v MAE [On the History of MAE Ethnographic

Collections from Central and South America] // Kunstkamera. Etno-

graficheskie tetradi. Vol. 5–6. SPb., MAE RAN. 1994. P. 275–280.

◆ Korsun S.A. K istorii severoamerikanskikh kollektsii MAE [On the

History of the North American Collections at MAE] // Amerikanskie

aborigeny i ih kul’tura. SPb., MAE RAN. 1998. P. 122–149.


103

Head decoration made

of feathers. Brazil, Manduruku.

From G. I. Langsdorf’s

collections


© МАЭ РАН

104


◆ Korsun S. A. Pervye latinoamerikanskie eksponaty stareishego russkogo museya

[The First Latin American Exhibits in Russia’s Oldest Museum] // Latinskaya ame-

rika. 2001. No. 10. P. 101–104.

◆ Korsun S. A. Severoamerikanskie kollektsii MAE (Itogi i perspektivy issledova-

niya) [North-American Collections: Results and Prospects] // Istoriya i semiotika

indeiskikh kul’tur Ameriki. Moscow, Nauka. 2002. P. 524–537.

◆ Korsun S. A. Illustrirovannoe sobranie MAE po narodam Severmoi Ameriki

[Illustrated collection of the MAE on the peoples of North America] // Radlov’s lec-

tures 2004. Abstracts. SPb., 2004. P. 106–110.

◆ Korsun S.A. Tematicheskoe sobranie MAE po Tlinkitam [The MAE thematic col-

lection on the Tlingit people] // Antropologicheskii forum. 2004. # 1. P. 278–296.

◆ Korsun S. A., Ershova E. A. Sobirateli i dariteli amerikanskikh kollektsii MAE

[Collectors and donators of the MAE American collections] // Aborigeny Ameriki:

predmety i predstavleniya (Sbornik MAE) [American Aborigines: objects and be-

liefs (MAE Collections)]. SPb., 2005. P. 4–58.

◆ Korsun S.A.Sobranie MAE po narodam Russkoi Ameriki: istoriya formirovaniya

i atributsiya [The MAE collection on the peoples of the Russian America: history of

formation and attribution] // Aborigeny Ameriki: predmety i predstavleniya

[American Aborigines: objects and beliefs]. MAE Collections. Vol. L. SPb., 2005.

P. 59–189.

◆ Korsun S. A. Kul’tura indeitsev severo-zapadnogo poberezh’ya v kollektsiyakh

MAE [Culture of Indians of the North-West Coast in the MAE collections] // Abo-

rigeny Ameriki: predmety i predstavleniya [American Aborigines: objects and be-

liefs]. MAE Collections. Vol. L. SPb., 2005. P. 190–225.

◆ Korsun S. A. Okhotnich’i golovnye ubory tikhookeanskikh eskimosoc s izobra-

zheniem tyulenya [Hunting headdresses of the Pacific Eskimos with seal images] //

Kur’er Petrovskoi Kunstkamery. Issue 10–11. SPb., 2004. P. 99–110.

◆ Korsun S.A.Muzeinye etiketki i problema atributsii iz starinnykh kollektsii MAE

[Museum labels and the problem of attribution of early MAE collections] // Kul’-

tura i byt avstroneziiskikh narodov (istoriya kollektsii i ikh sobirateli). SPb.,

2007. P. 104–130.

◆ Korsun S. A. Deyatel’nost’ V. V. Radlova — L. Ya. Sternberga po formirovaniyu

fondov MAE kollektsiyami iz Ameriki [The activity of V.V. Radlov and L.Ya. Stern-

berg on the formation of the MAE funds with collections from America] // Materi-

aly polevykh issledovanii MAE RAN. Issue 8. SPb., 2008. P. 177–194.

◆ Korsun S.A.Etnograficheskaya kollektsiya L.A.Zagoskina v MAE [L.A. Zagoskin’s

ethnographical collection in the MAE] // Russkii puteshestvennik i obschestven-

nyi deyatel’ Lavrentii Zagoskin (k 200-letiyu so dnya rozhdeniya). Issledovaniya

i materialy / Ed. by L. V. Chekurin. Ryazan’, 2008. P. 173–202.

◆ Lyapunova R. G. Etnograficheskie kollektsii po eskimosam-konyagam v sobranii

MAE [Ethnographic Collections on the Kodiak Eskimos at MAE] // Amerikanskie

aborigeny i ikh kul’tura. SPb., MAE RAN. 1998. P. 8–31.

◆ Okladnikova E. A. Kunstkamera i ee rannie severoamerikanskie kollektsii [The

Kunstkamera and Its Early North American Collections] // Kur’er Petrovskoi

Kunstkamery. Vol. 1. SPb., MAE RAN. 1995. P. 29–60.


© МАЭ РАН


105

◆ Razumovskaya R. S. Predmety material’noi kul’tury indeitsev-tlinkitov pobe-

rezh’ya Alyaski v MAE [Tlingit Artifacts from the Alaskan Coast at MAE] // Strany

i narody Vostola. Vol. 6. Moscow, Nauka. 1968. P. 20–29.

◆ Smirnova N.A.Vtoraya russkaya ekspedistiya v Yuzhnuyu Ameriku 1914–1915 gg.,

ee materialy i kollektsii [The Second Russian Expedition to South America (1914-

15): Records and Collections] // Sovetskaya etnografiya. 1966. No. 4. P. 98–112.

◆ Soboleva E.S.Yuzhnoamerikanskie kollektsii N.N.Miklukho-Maklaya [N.N.Mik-

lukho-Maklai’s South American Collections] // Kur’er Petrovskoi Kunstkamery.

Vol. 6–7. SPb., MAE RAN. 1997. P. 145–154.

◆ Avdeev A. D. Aleutische Masken in den Sammlungen des Museums fur Anthro-

pologie und Ethnographie // Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig.

1964. Bd. 20. S. 413–433.

◆ Bates C. D. The California Collection of I. G.Voznesenski // American Indian Art

Magazine. 1983. V. 8. No. 3. P. 36–41.

◆ Black L. T. Glory remembered. Wooden headgear of Alaska sea hunters. Juneau,

1991.

◆ Black L. T. Aleut Art. Anchorage, 2003.

◆ Blackburn T. C., Hudson T. Time’s flotsam overseas collections of California In-

dian material culture // Ballena Press anthropological papers. No. 35. Santa Bar-

bara, 1990. P. 149–152, 197–201.

◆ Blomkwist E.E.Russian Scientist Expedition to California and Alaska,1839–1849 //

Oregon Historical Quarterly. 1972. V. 73. No. 2. P. 101–170.

◆ Ivanov S. V. Aleut hunting headgear and its ornamentation // Proceedings of

the XXIII International Congress of Americanists, 1928. New York, 1930.

P. 477–504.

◆ Korsun S. A. The Holdings Relating to the Tlingits in the Peter the Great Muse-

um of Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera), St. Petersburg // Forum

for Anthropology and Culture. 2004. Num. 1. P. 282–302.

◆ Kinzhalov R.V. History of the American collections in the Museum of Anthro-

pology and Ethnography // Cultures of the Bering Sea region: Papers from In-

ternational Symposium. No. 7. 1983. P. 311–324.

◆ Kojean P.M.Woven vessels of the California Indians // Mapon papers.San Rafael,

1979. No. 4. P. 1–21.

◆ Lyapunova R. G. Sea Animal Hunting Practiced by Aleuts in the 18–19th cen-

turies (Implements and Means of Hunting). According to the Materials of the

Museum of the Anthropology and Ethnography // Trudy VII MKAEN. Moscow,

Nauka, 1970. V. 10. P. 403–410.

◆ Liapunova R. G. Eskimo Masks from Kodiak Island in the Collections of the Pe-

ter Great the Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography in St.Petersburg // An-

thropology of the North Pacific Rim / W. W. Fitzhugh, V. Chaussonnet. Wash-

ington–London, 1994. P. 175–203.

◆ Samuel C. The Raven’s Tail. Vancouver, 1987.

◆ Siebert E. Sammlungen von den nordlischen Athapasken aus der ersten Halfte

des XIX J. // Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig. 1977. Bd. 20.

S. 113–131.


© МАЭ РАН

106


◆ Siebert E. Northern Athapasken Collections of the First Half of the

XIX Century // Arctic Anthropology. 1980. V. 17. P. 49–76.

◆ Thompson J., Hall J., Tepper L. Fascinating Challenges. Studying

Material Culture with Dorothy Burnham. Quebec, 2001.

◆ Troufanoff I. The Ahtena tomohawks in the Museum of Anthropo-

logy and Ethnography of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR //

Current Anthropology. 1970. Vol. 11. No. 2. P. 155–159.

◆ Zimmerly D. W. Qajaq: Kayaks of Siberia and Alaska. Juneau, 1986.

◆ Zolotarevskaia I. A., Blomkwist E. E., Ziebert E. V. Ethnographical

Material from the Americas in Russian Collections // Proceedings

of the XXXII International Congress of Americanists, 1956. Copen-

hagen, 1958. P. 221–231.

EXPOSITION

The display in the North America Hall illustrates the traditional cul-

ture of American aborigines in the early 1800s. The rich collections on

American ethnography has been on display in the museum since the

creation of permanent expositions in the 1870s–1880s.

The exposition is arranged according to geography — North to

South. First the visitor is introduced to the traditional culture of Eski-

mos living on the arctic sea coasts from Prince William Gulf of the Pa-

Exposition “North America” in the MAE


© МАЭ РАН


107

cific Ocean to the Atlantic coast of the Labrador Peninsula as well as

that of the Aleuts of the Aleutian Islands and Alaska and the Pacific Es-

kimos of Kodiak Island and the adjoining regions of Alaska. Next the

exposition focusses on the traditional culture of Alaskan Indians —

northern Athabaskans and Tlingit. Three showcases tell about the cul-

ture of the Plains Indians, and further sections concern the Iroquois

of the Great Lakes, the Pueblo Indians of southwestern USA, and Cal-

ifornian Indians.

Exposition on the ethnography of American Indians in the MAE. Photograph, 1903

Exposition on the ethnography of American Indians in the MAE. Photograph, 1925


© МАЭ РАН

cyclopedic references and multimedia programs. In 2008 visitors to the

Museum received the opportunity to use a guide-book around the hall

“Central America” (Berezkin Yu. E., Korsun S. A. North America: Ex-

108


From 2007, within the framework of the project entitled “Creation

of a multimedia information-expositional complex of the MAE (Kunst-

kamera) RAS”, a multimedia kiosk is available on the exposition, that

allows visitors to get access to information (in Russian and Enlgish)

on museum objects and collections in the form of electronic labels, en-

Exhibition guide

around the hall of

North America

Tlingits. Catalogue of the

Kunstkamera collections


© МАЭ РАН


109

hibition guide (Series “Halls of Kunstkamera”) / Eds. Yu. K. Chistov,

K. A. Nosovskaya. Saint-Petersburg: MAE RAS, 2008).

One of the Department’s important spheres of activity is bringing

out from the MAE funds of the exhibits that are especially valuable

from scientific and artistic point of view. The efforts of the Depart-

ment’s staff members on attribution and study of rare objects have re-

sulted in the publication of a catalogue called “Tlingits” (Tlinkity: Kat-

alog kollektsii Kunstkamery [Tlingits: Catalogue of the Kunstkamera

Collections] / Ed.by Yu.E.Berezkin,Head of project Yu.K.Chistov, texts

and annotations by S. A. Korsun, photographer S. B. Shapiro, photo-

graphic works by E. B. Tlmacheva. SPb., 2007. 272 p.).

The department’s collections were displayed abroad on numerous

occasions. Catalogues of exhibitions in which our collections took

part, were published:

◆ Oakes J.,Riewe R.(Eds.).Appeasing the Spirits:Alaskan Coastal Cul-

tures. Toronto, 2004.

◆ Arktiset sivilisaatiot. Tampere, 2002.

◆ Arte del pueblo Tlingit. Palma de Mallorca, 1996.

◆ Fitzhugh W. W., Crowell A. (Eds.) Crossroads of Continents: Cul-

tures of Siberia and Alaska. Washington. D.C., 1988.

◆ Esperits de l’Aigua.Art d’Alaska i la Colúmbia Británica. Barcelona,

1999.

◆ Kodiak,Alaska. Les masques de la collection Alphonse Pinart. Paris,

2002.

◆ Palast des Wissens. Die Kunst — und Wunder-Kammer Zar Peters

des Großen. Band 1. Katalog. München–Dortmund, 2003.

◆ Science Under Sail. Russia’s Great Voyages to America, 1728–1867.

Anchorage, 2000.

◆ The Far North: 2000 Years of American Indian and Eskimo Art.

Washington. D.C., 1973.

◆ The Spirit Sings. Artistic Traditions of Canada’s First Peoples. A

Catalogue of the Exhibition. Toronto, 1988.

◆ Tlingit. Alte indianische Kunst aus Alaska. Zürich, 2001.

◆ Wunderwelt Arktikas aus Kunstkammer St. Petersburg. Erbach,

1996.


© МАЭ РАН

Phone: (812) 328-41-52


Head of Department

Valentin Vydrin

110

d e p a r t m e n t o f a f r i c a

Figure of a priest or

a dignitary at the court

of the ruler of Benin.

Benin. 18th century. Brass

Basket — a wedding present.

Harare. Received from

N. S. Gumilev. Early 20th century.

Straw, cowry shell


© МАЭ РАН

111

he Department of Africa as a research

unit was established on November 2nd, 1929,

and D. A. Olderogge (1903–1988), who later

became one of the founders of the Russian school

of African studies, was appointed its head.

African artifacts were first acquired by the

Kunstkamera in 1819. After the Ethnograph-

ic Museum was founded in 1836 on the basis

of the Kunstkamera (in 1879 it was renamed

Museum of Anthropology and Ethnogra-

phy), the influx of African materials contin-

ued, but the separate African depository was

only formed in 1911, and its first head was

J. V. Chekanovsky.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

D. A. Olderogge indicated two directions to be taken by his staff and

students: first, the study and publication of written sources on the his-

tory and ethnography of pre-colonial Africa south of the Sahara (Arab

sources were studied by V. V. Matveev, L. E. Kubbel’ and M. A. Tol-

macheva, Chinese ones by V. V. Vel’gus, Spanish and Portuguese ones

by O. S. Tomanovskaya, Greek and Roman ones by Yu. K. Poplinskii,

Ethiopian ones by S. B. Chernetsov); second, the study of live African

DEPARTMENT OF AFRICA

T

D. A. Olderogge (1903–1987)


© МАЭ РАН

112


languages (K. I. Pozdnyakov), in particular, compilation of dictionar-

ies as sources for the studies of African culture. In the 1960s the Swahili-

Russian and Hausa-Russian dictionaries were published,and in 1999 —

the first volume of the Manden-Russian and the Manden-English dic-

tionaries, that are still being worked on today. In 2008 two dictionar-

ies of the Dan language were published — of eastern Dan (V. F. Vyd-

rin, Kese Monian) and western Dan (A. V. Ehrman, Lo Zhafe). In the

1970s, detailed studies of African ethno-social history began. They are

mostly based on Olderogge’s theory of colonial society as a stage in

the ethnic history of Tropical Africa (D.A. Olderogge, N. M. Girenko),

The phenomenon of kinship was studied by N. M. Girenko, V. R. Ar-

senti’ev and V.A.Popov.Of no less importance is the work on the study

of museum collections and the history of their acquisition (P. L. Pu-

gach, V. N. Ehrman). Another tradition of the Department of Africa

is the focus on the problems of inter-ethnic conflicts in urban envi-

ronment and the search for means of their prevention (N. M. Girenko,

V. G. Uzunova).

We should also mention the work on the publication of Ethiopi-

an Medieval chronicles and books on Ethiopian history and culture

carried out by S. B. Chernetsov, who was Head of the Department of

Africa in 2001–2005. Thus, we can say that multi-disciplinary ap-

proach is characteristic of scientific researches carried out in the De-

partment.

At D. A. Olderogge’s initiative, the “African ethnographical col-

lection” that contains articles written by the Department’s members,

has been published since 1959. This tradition was revived in 2008,

after a 16-year break, with the publication of the “African Collections

2007”.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Vydrine Valentin,acting Head of Department,D.Sc. (ethno-linguistics,

lexicography, comparative study of Mande languages).

Pugach Zoya, Consultant (material culture of Africa, description, stor-

age and exhibition of materials).

Uzunova Valentina, Cand. Sc., Senior Researcher (ethno-museology,

museum sociology, psychology of religion, ethnography of minor

ethnic groups).

Ehrman Anna, Junior Researcher (culture and languages of western

Dan).

Semenova Valeriya, Senior Assistanr (traditional Ethiopian painting).


© МАЭ РАН


113

Prokhorov Kirill, Post-Graduate Student (ethno-linguistics of the Do-

gon peoples).


The most important recent books published by the department staff

members include the following:

◆ Vydrine V. F. Mande-English Dictionary (Maninka, Bamana).Vol. 1.

St. Petersburg: Dimitry Bulanin Publishing House, 1999. 342 p.

(Together with S. I. Tomchina)

◆ Vydrin V. F.Yazyk Bamana: Uchebnoe posobie [Bambara Language:

Course book]. SPbGU, 2008. 202 p.

◆ Girenko N.M.Sotsiologiya plemeni.Stanovlenie sotsiologiecheskoi

teorii i osnovnye komponenty sotsial’noi dinamiki [Sociology of the

Tribe: Emergence of Sociological Theory and Principal Factors of So-

cial Dynamics]. Leningrad: Nauka, 1991. 303 p.

◆ Girenko N. M. Sotsiologiya plemeni [Sociology of the Tribe] / Ed. by

Yu. K. Chistov, V. F. Vydrin. SPb.: Corilion, 2004.

◆ Girenko N. M. Etnos. Kul’tura. Zakon [Ethnos. Culture. Law] / Ed.

by V. G. Uzunova, V. S. Sukhachev. SPb.: Corilion, 2004. 512 p.

◆ Poplinsky Yu. K. Iz istorii etnokul’turnykh kontaktov Afriki i Egei-

skogo mira.Garamantnaya problema [From the history of ethno-cul-

tural contacts between Africa and the Aegean world. The Garamantes

problem]. M.: Nauka, 1978. 204 p.

◆ Poplinsky Yu. K. Antichnye istochniki po istorii i etnografii Afriki:

monograficheskoe issledovanie grekoyazychnykh istochnikov [An-

cient sources on the history and ethnography of Africa: monographic

research of Greek sources] / Ed. By S. B. Chernetsov, V. A. Sychinsky.

SPb., 2009.

◆ Chernetsov S. B.Efiopskaya feodal’naya monarkhiya v XIII–XVI vv.

[Ethiopian feudal monarchy in the 13th–16th centuries]. M.: Nauka,

1982. 309 p.

◆ Chernetsov S. B. Efiopskaya feodal’naya monarkhiya v XVII veke

[Ethiopian feudal monarchy in the 17th century]. M.: Nauka, 1990.

325 p.

◆ Chernetsov S. B. Efiopiya v pervye shestnadtsat’ vekov nashei ery

[Ethiopia in the first 16 centuries AD] (Kunstkamera Petropolitana).

SPb., 2004. 216 p.

◆ Ad hominem.Pamyati Nikolaya Girenko [Ad hominem. In the mem-

ory of Nikolay Girenko] / Ed. by V. F. Vydrin, D. I. Raskin, V. G. Uzu-

nova, S. B. Chernetsov, Yu. K. Chistov. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2005. 344 p.


© МАЭ РАН

114


◆ Erman A., Loh J. K. Dictionnaire dan-français (dan de l’ouest). St.

Petersbourg: «Nestor-Istoria», 2008. 271 p.

◆ Giesing C., Vydrine V. Ta:rikh Mandinka de Bijini (Guinée-Bissau) :

La mémoire des Mandinka et Sooninkee du Kaabu. Leiden–Boston :

Brill, 2007, XXIV + 398 p.

◆ Vydrine V. F. Manding-English Dictionary (Maninka, Bamana). St.

Petersburg: Dimitry Bulanin Publishing House, 1999. Vol. 1. 315 p.

◆ Vydrine V. Esquisse contrastive du kagoro (Manding). Köln: Rüdi-

ger Köppe, 2001. 281 p.

◆ Vydrine V. Kességbeu M. A. Dictionnaire dan-français (dan de l’est)

avec une esquisse de grammaire du dan de l’Est et un index français-

dan. St. Petersbourg: «Nestor-Istoria», 2008. 368 p.

EXPEDITIONS

Since 2001 a complex St. Petersburg lexicographical expedition has

been permanently active in Côte d’Ivoire (since 2007 also in Guinea).

Within the framework of this expedition, a group of specialists in

African studies from St. Petersburg participates in the project of lexi-

cographical description of Southern Mande languages (together with

the University of Zurich).This project is financed by the Swiss National

Fund and the Russian State Scientific Fund. So far, nine expeditions

have been organized to Côte d’Ivoire and Guinea, under the supervi-

sion of V. F. Vydrin. The following languages are objects of the re-

search: Tura, Guro,Wan, three variant of Dan (Kla, west and east Dan),

Mwa-Wan, Gban, Jeri, Mano, Looma, Kpelle, Kakabe, Ben. Rich collec-

tions of everyday objects and works of art of the studied peoples are

brought from these expeditions. These collections enrich the African

funds of the MAE.

Detailed information on this expedi-

tion can be viewed in the Internet at

the following address: http://mande-

lang.kunstkamera.ru/index/mande-

lang/rles_westafr1/

In 2007 V. N. Semenova partici-

pated in the MAE expedition to Ethi-

opia “Following Gumilev”.The ethno-

graphical collection acquired in the

course of this expedition will be dis-

played on the exhibition dedicated to

N.S.Gumilev’s expedition to Ethiopia

in 1913.The Guinea team of the expedition with informants.

Nzerekore, February 2009


© МАЭ РАН


115

CONFERENCES

Every two years in early May or late April the Council for African Prob-

lems of the Academy of Sciences in St. Peterbsurg together with the

MAE RAS and the Oriental Department of St.Petersburg State Uni-

versity holds a conference in memory of D. A. Olderogge. The sessions

are attended by scholars from St. Petersburg, Moscow, other cities of

Russia and from abroad.


In 2009–2011 the Department’s staff members will be working withing

the framework of the following scientific research themes:“Cultural and

biological aspects of the development of humanity” (section “Mande

and Dogon languages as an ethno-formative factor in history and the

present”),“State and Ethnos” (section “Peculiarities of constituting na-

tional and ethnic identity in modern Russia”),“Museum collections and

archive materials in the history of Russian and world culture” (section

“Displaying museum collections of the MAE RAS as a basis for ethno-

social research”). Within the framework of the Program for Funda-

mental Research of the Department of History and Philology RAS en-

titled “Interaction between text and socio-cultural environment: levels

of historical-literal and linguistic interpretation”the Department’s staff

member are working on the projects called “Development of automat-

ic glossarization of texts of languages that have grammatical tones:

Mande family”.

COLLECTIONS

The first collection from Sub-Saharan Africa was received by the MAE

in 1866 from Leopold Garro, a French Captain, who later served as

commandant of Gabon.

In the following years,only separate specimens were acquired, so the

actual formation of the department’s depositories began in 1879,when

a rich collection (1,950 items) assembled by a Russian traveler V.V.Yun-

ker in Central Africa was donated by him to the museum.In 1894 MAE

received a portion of the South African collection acquired by the

Czech traveler E. Golub. In late 1800s and early 1900s, the accretion of


© МАЭ РАН

116


the department’s materials occurred in different ways,viz. through pur-

chase, donation, and exchange with European ethnographic museums.

The most important donations were made by Museum’s Trustee Board

Members Hans and Hermann Meyers, who enriched the department

with bronze artifacts and carved ivory from the ancient city-state of

Benin, with artifacts from the Kilimanjaro region, and with a large col-

lection from Cameroon, comprising over 500 items (by A. Mansfeld).

Bas-relief from the tsar’s palace of the Great Benin. Benin. 18th century. Bronze

left: Wind pipe. Sudan. Bongo. From V. Yunker’s collections.

Second half of the 19th century. Wood, carving

Mask — traditional character at

masks’ festival. Mali. Bambara.

Wood, bark, vegetable fiber

right: Mask — element of ritual costume

of the agricultural society of Chivara.

L. Frobenius, on exchange with Hamburg

Museum of Ethnology. Late 19th century


© МАЭ РАН


117

The exchange with the ethnographic museums in Berlin and Leipzig

resulted in the acquisition of things from the Lower Congo and from

Guinea; also, two collections (archaeological and ethnographic) were

received from Hamburg, where they had been brought by Leo Frobe-

nius from his expedition to West Africa.

In 1913 a collection was acquired from Stockholm museum (it was

assembled by J. Lindblom among the Akamba and Wapare of East

Africa). In the same year, materials were received from persons dis-

patched to Africa by the Museum (S. B. Smogorzevsky, who purchased

a Tuareg and Kabil collection in Algeria, and N. S. Gumilev, who ac-

quired artifacts in Ethiopia and Somalia).

After 1917, apart from occasional purchases and donations, the De-

partment received separate specimens and collections from other mu-

seums of Russia. In 1946, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs handed to the

museum a set of masks and household items of the Mpongwe,collected

in Congo by a doctor N. V. Charbot d’Artois. From the 1950s the ac-

quisition of African materials intensified. The Department staff, too,

contributed to the accretion of the collections. In 1964 D.A. Olderogge

brought a collections of agricultural tools,masks, and household items

from his expedition to Mali. Five sets of Malian utensils and works of

art were received from V. R. Arsen’ev, a collection of Guinean artifacts

from E. N. Kal’shchikov, a collection from Cameroon from K. I. Pozd-

nyakov. Collections from Mali, Côte d’Ivoire, Guinea, Burkina Faso,

Guinea-Bissau, Senegal, Congo, Cameroon, Gabon and Tanzania were

received from V.F.Vydrine.A.V.Erman brought collections from Burk-

ina Faso, Cameroon, Gabon, Comoro and Madagascar; V. N. Semeno-

va — from Ethiopia; and K. N. Prokhorov — from Mali. Due to the ex-

pedition that took place in spring 2008 under the direction of Yu.K.Chis-

tov and with participation of E. A. Rezvan and V. N. Semenova follow-

A bride’s sandals decorated with silver beads.

Second half of the 20th century. Harare, Ethiopia.

MAE expedition, 2008

left: Headrest. Bast fiber. Received from

V. F. Vydrine. Early 21st century. Wood


© МАЭ РАН

118


ing N. S. Gumilev’s expedition of 1913, the Museum’s funds were en-

riched with materials on the traditional culture of Ethiopian peoples

(115 items).

The department depositories contain over 13 000 items reflecting

material culture,art,and religious beliefs of the major peoples of Africa.

Most are utensils and weapons, and ritual articles are also richly rep-

resented. Nearly all regions of Africa are represented. In terms of the

number of specimens, Ethiopia ranks first (nearly one third of the ma-

terial) thanks to the efforts taken by Russian doctors of the Red Cross

in 1896–1913 (A. I.Kokhanovskii,N.V.Brovtsyn,etc.),whereas the next

largest collections come from West Africa, Congo, and East Africa.

The MAE African collections are described in the following publica-

tions:

Women of Uled-Nail’ tribe.

Arab (?). Late 19th century.

From K. K. Hilsen’s collection

Portrait of a young

woman. Second half

of the 19th century

Gottentot intraditional costume.Late 19th century


© МАЭ РАН


119

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Afrikanskie kollektsii MAE i kontseptual’nye proble-

my razvitiya Muzeya [African Collections of MAE and Issues in Mu-

seum Development] // Kurier Petrovskoi Kunstkamery. SPb., 1995.

Vol. 1. P. 16–26.

◆ Chekanovsky J.V. Putevoditel’ po Muzeyu antropologii i etnografii.

Afrika [A Guidebook to the Museum of Anthropology and Ethnogra-

phy: Africa]. SPb., 1912. 34 p.

◆ Chernetsov S. B. Ethiopian Traditional Paintings in the Collections

of Peter the Great Kunstkammer // St.Petersburg Journal of African

Studies. 1998. No. 6. P. 128–155.

◆ Golovanova I. N. Figurki varega v kollektsiyakh MAE [Vareg Fig-

urines in MAE Collections] // Africana Vol. VII. Moscow: Nauka,

1969. P. 221–227. (Trudy Instituta etnografii, nov. ser. Vol. 93).

◆ Gotsko G. N. Istoriya efiopskikh kollektsii otdela Afriki [History of

the Ethiopian Collections of the Department of Africa] // Kratkoe so-

derzhanie dokladov sessii Instituta etnografii AN SSSR,posvyaschen-

nykh stoletiyu sozdaniya pervogo akademicheskogo etnografo-

antropologicheskogo tsentra. Leningrad, 1980. P. 59–60.

◆ Misyugin V.M.,Pugach Z.L.Traditsionnoe proizvodstvo zheleznykh

izdelii v Tropicheskoi Afrike (po materialam kollektsii MAE) [Tra-

ditional Smithery of Tropical Africa (Based on MAE collections)] //

Africana. Leningrad, 1978. Vol. XI. P. 54–97. (Trudy Instituta etno-

grafii, nov. ser. Vol. 105).

◆ Olderogge D. A. Vystavka abissinskikh kollektsii: Kratkii putevodi-

tel’ [Abyssinian Exhibition: A Short Guidebook].Moscow–Leningrad:

Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1935. 35 p.

Cap for ceremonial dances. Bamileke.

20th century. Fabric, beads

Hermaphrodite,

an ancestor’s

image from

Abu Margo

sanctuary.

Baked clay


© МАЭ РАН

120


EXPOSITION

From autumn 2003 the permanent exposition of the Museum, titled

Africa, was closed down due to the reconstruction of its hall. The work

on a new exposition is underway. As decided by the Museum Com-

mission, it will preserve the main sections of the previous exposition.

On January 15th, 2007, after thorough reconstruction and redeco-

ration of the hall of Africa a new permanent exposition was opened

◆ Olderogge D.A.Afrikanische Kunst.Aus den Afrika-Sammlungen des

Museums für Anthropologie und Ethnographie,Leningrad–Prague,

1969. 131 p.

◆ Sobchenko A.I.(Ed.) Afrika.Kratkii putevoditel’po expositsii [Africa:

A Brief Guidebook to the Exposition].Moscow–Leningrad,1964.24 p.

African exposition. MAE.

1903–1906

African exposition. MAE.

1925–1938

right and next page:

Fragment of the African

exposition and view of the

hall of Africa. MAE. 2007


© МАЭ РАН


121

dedicated to the peoples of the African continent. It differs greatly from

the previous African expositions: today the Museum displays almost

15 000 objects. This is roughly a ninth part of all African collections.

The concept of the new African exposition has also been changed.

It demonstrates the Museum’s unique collections that represent the

cultures of separate regions of Sub-Saharan Africa — Upper Guinea,

West Sudan, Central Africa and Ethiopia.

Thematic sections of the exposition tell about festivals and every-

day life, the world of menand woman, military campaigns and house-

keeping, the life of palaces and villages, peculiarities of African crafts,

agriculture and cattle-breeding, food, clothes, magic, initiation rituals

and other aspects of life.

Collections of the following outstanding collectors occupy the de-

serving position: Vasily Junker (researcher of the Upper Nile peoples),

Emile Golub who traveled around Southern Africa, Leo Frobenius (a

famouc German ethnographer and traveler to Equatorial Africa),Niko-

lay Gumilev (who was commissioned by the Museum to travel to Abys-

sinia in 1913), Dmitry Olderogge, the founder of the St. Pe-

terbsurg school of African studies. Apart from the collec-

tions of the 19th — beginning of the 20th century, visitors

to the Museum can see new objects donated to the Kunst-

kamera or brought from the expeditions by specialists from

the MAE and the St. Petersburg State University.

An exhibition guide was published for the opening of the

exposition in the Russian and English languages: Africa.

Exhibition guide / Ed. by V. F. Vydrin and Y. K. Chistov. Se-

ries “Halls of Kunstkamera”. SPb.: MAE RUS, 2007.


© МАЭ РАН

Phone: (812) 328-41-81; 328-41-22


Head of Department

Igor Alimov

d e p a r t m e n t o f e a s t a n d s o u t h e a s t a s i a

Bodhisattva Mandzhushri —

a symbol of all Buddha’s

wisdom. China, Tibet. End of

the 17th — beginning of the 18th

century. Bronze, guild


© МАЭ РАН

123

DEPARTMENT OF EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA

he history of the Department of East and

Southeast Asia as a structural unit within the

MAE falls into several stages. Its first predecessor

was the Department of Asian Civilizations

founded in the early 1900s and directed by

A. I. Ivanov until 1925. Later it was transformed

into the Department of the Far East headed

by G. O. Mohnseeler and A.E. Gluskina. After

the transformation of MAE into the Institute

of Ethnography and Anthropology in 1933,

the department was headed by N. V. Kühner.

In the course of the new reorganization (1937), the Department of In-

dia, Indonesia and the Far East was formed (headed by N.V. Kühner,

who at the same time directed the Cabinet of East and South Asia).

In 1948 the Department of the Orient was estsblished in the Insti-

tute of Ethnography in Moscow and, in Leningrad the Group of East

and Southeast Asia, headed by N.V. Kühner until his death in 1955 and

then by K. V. Vyatkina and R. F. Its.

In 1970,when the Department of Australia and Oceania was merged

in this group, the former was renamed the Sector of East and South-

T

R. F. Its (1928–1990)N. V. Kühner (1877–1955)A. I. Ivanov (1878–1937)


© МАЭ РАН

124


east Asia, Australia and Oceania. In 1972 it split into two sectors: that

of Foreign Asia (directed by D. I. Tikhonov, and from 1975 on, by

A. M. Reshetov) and that of Australia, Oceania and Indonesia (direct-

ed by N.A.Butinov). In the 1990s,after MAE had been established, sev-

eral more reshuffles took place. Since 2002, the department has exist-

ed in its present status.

In the past, several leading figures were associated with the depart-

ment (their domains are indicated in parentheses): G. A. Glovatskii

(China), A. E. Gluskina, A. I. Ivanov (China), Yu. V. Ionova (Korea),

R. F. Its (China), R. A. Ksenofontova (Japan), N. V. Kühner (China),

A. I. Mukhlinov (Vietnam), V. S. Starikov (China), G. G. Stratanovich

(China), and D. I. Tikhonov (China), L. L. Viktorova (Mongolia), and

K. V. Vyatkina (Mongolia).

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

These include ethnic history of the region, modern ethnic composi-

tion and ethnic processes, social organization, traditional material cul-

ture and ideology, study and publication of the department’s collec-

tions, and history of Russian and foreign ethnology.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Alimov Igor,Head of Department,Cand.Sc. (various aspects of the tra-

ditional spiritual culture of China, Chinese folk beliefs, Chinese lit-

erary monuments of the 10th–13th centuries).

Ivanova Elena, Leading Researcher, D.Sc. (material culture and ideol-

ogy of Southeast Asia, mainly Thailand; Buddhist sculpture; histo-

ry of ethnography; history of the department’s collections).

Kislyakov Vladimir, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (the history of for-

mation of the funds of the Department of Ethnography of East and

South-East Asia, especially China, Mongolia and Korea; the history

of the MAE; the history of Russian ethnographical science).

Samsonov Denis, Researcher, Cand.Sc. (the ethnography of Korea, Ko-

rean etiquette).

Sviridov Arkadii, Assistant, (various aspects of the traditional materi-

al and spiritual culture of the peoples of south-east China and Japan;

the history of formation fot he funds of the Department of Ethno-

graphy of East and South-East Asia).


© МАЭ РАН


125

Sinitsyn Alexander, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (various aspects of the

traditional material and spiritual culture of the peoples of Burma

and Japan; traditional martial arts, arms, the Samurais).

Sokolov Andey, Junior Researcher,Cand.Sc. (various aspects of the ma-

terial and spiritual culture of the peoples of Japan; the Ainu culture).

Suslova Irina,Assistant (various aspects of the traditional material and

spiritual culture of the peoples of south-east China and Japan, the

history of formation of the funds of the Department of Ethnogra-

phy of East and South-East Asia, the first Chinese collections of the

MAE).

Rud’ Polina, Assitant (traditional Chinese painting, folk paintings).


Most department staff members have authored numerous publica-

tions, including monographs.The most important books include those

by E. V. Ivanova on Thailand and Southeast Asian clothing and orna-

ments, by A.Yu. Sinitsyn on the samurai and early 19th-century Japan-

ese painting in MAE, and a series of joint monographs addressing cul-

ture, ethnic processes, etiquette, and childhood in various peoples of

the region.

Among the most important publications are the following mono-

graphs and collections of articles:

◆ Almimov I. A. Vsled za kistjyu. Materialy k istorii sunskikh avtor-

skikh sbornikov bitszi. Issledovaniya,perevody [Following the brush.

Materials on the history of Song author collections Bitszi. Researches,

translations]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie, 1996. Part I.

272 p.

◆ Alimov I. A., Serebryakov E. A. Vsled za kistjyu. Materialy k istorii

sunskikh avtorskikh sbornikov bitszi. Issledovaniya, perevody [Fol-

lowing the brush. Materials on the history of Song author collections

Bitszi. Researches, translations].SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie,

1996. Part II. 448 p.

◆ Alimov I. A. Besy, lisy, dukhi v tekstakh sunskogo Kitaya [Demons,

foxes, spirits in the texts of Song China]. SPb.: Nauka, 2008. 284 p.

◆ Ivanova E.V. Ocherki kul’tury taitsev Tailanda [About the culture of

Thailand Thais]. M.: Vostochnaya literature, 1996. 303 p.

◆ Ivanova E.V.Odezhda i ukrasheniya narodov Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii.

Opyt sravnitel’no-tipologicheskogo issledovaniya [Clothes and dec-

orations of the peoples of South-East Asia. An experience of a com-

parative-typological research]. SPb., MAE RAS, 2002. 173 p.


© МАЭ РАН

126


◆ Problemy obschei i regional’noi etnografii (K 75-letiyu A. M. Re-

shetova) [The problems of general and regional ethnography (to the

75th anniversary of A. M. Reshetov)]: Sb. st. SPb., 2007. 436 p.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Oruzhie i boevoe snaryazhenie yaponskikh samura-

ev: Katalog kollektsii MAE [Weapons and Battle Armor of the Samu-

rai: Catalogue of MAE Collections]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 1999. 159 p.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Samurai — rytsari strany voskhodyaschego solntsa

[Samurais — the Knights of the Country of the Rising Sun] SPb.:

Paritet, 2007. 352 p.

Among the most important articles written by the Department’s staff

in the last several years are the following:

◆ Ivanova E.V. Novye dannye o traditsionnoi kul’ture lao severo-vos-

tochnogo Tailanda [New data on the traditional culture of the Lao

people of North-East Thailand] // Problemy obschei i regional’noi

etnografii. (K 75-letiyu A. M. Reshetova). SPb., 2007. P. 217–228.

◆ Ivanova E.V. Obryady zhiznennogo tsikla khmongov (po dannym

polevykj issledovanii kontsa XX v. [Life cycle rituals of the Hmong

people (according to the data of the field researches of the end of the

20th century)] // Istoricheskaya etnografiya. Issue 3. Malye etni-

cheskie i etnograficheskie gruppy: Sb. st. pos. 80-letiyu so dnya

rozhdeniya R. F. Itsa. SPb., 2008. P. 130–137.

◆ Ivanova E. V. Religioznyi sinkretism v Severnom Tailande (konets

XX v.) [Religious syncretism in Northern Thailand (end of 20th

century)] // Kyunerovskii sbornik. Materialy vostochnoaziatskikh

i yugo-vostochnoaziatskikh issledovanii. Issue . Etnografiya, fol’k-

lor, iskusstvo, istoriya, arkheologiya, muzeevedenie. 2005–2006.

SPb., 2008. P. 70–80.

◆ Ivanova E.V. K voprosu o datirovke i shkolakh tibetskoi buddiiskoi

metallicheskoi skul’ptury [To the question of dating and the schools

of Tibetan Buddhist metal sculpture] // Radlovskii sbornik: Nauch-

nye issledovaniya i kul’turnye proekty MAE RAN v 2008 g. SPb.,

2009. P. 273–277.

◆ Kislyakov V. N. Musei antropologii i etnografii im. Petra Velikogo

(Kunstkamera) RAN — odno iz krupneishikh khranilisch kitai-

skikh etnograficheskikh kollektsii [Peter the Great Museum of An-

thropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera) RAS — one of the

largest funds of Chinese ethnographical collections] // Sankt-Peter-

burg — Kitai. Tri veka kontaktov. SPb., 2006. P. 36–42.

◆ Kislyakov V. N. Materialy po prazdnovaniyu 250-letiya Kunstka-

mery v Arkhive MAE RAN [Materials on the celebration of Kun-

stkamera’s 250th anniversary in the Archive of the MAE RAS] //

Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty

MAE RAN v 2008 g. SPB., 2009. P. 215–219.


© МАЭ РАН


127

◆ Reshetov A. M. Kitaitsy v Sankt-Peterburge (fragmenty istorii) [The Chinese in

St. Petersburg (fragments of history)] // Sankt-Peterburg — Kitai. Tri veka kon-

taktov. SPb., 2006. P. 9–24.

◆ Reshetov A. M. O kul’te cherepakhi v Kitae [About the cult of the tortoise in Chi-

na] // Radlovskie chteniya 2006. SPb., 2006. P. 184–189.

◆ Reshetov A. M. Galereya Petra I v MAE: istoriya sozdaniya i zakrytiya [Peter I

gallery in the MAE: the history of creation and closure] // Radlovskii sbornik.

Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2007 g. SPb., 2008.

P. 463–468.

◆ Reshetov A. M. Fenkhuan (feniks) v kul’turnoi traditsii kitaitsev [Fenkhuan

(Phoenix) in the Chinese cultural tradition] // Radlovskii sbornik. Nauch-

nye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2008 g. SPb., 2008.

P. 287–291.

◆ Samsonov D.A. Kinesicheskie aspekty koreiskogo etiketa: traditsionnyi glubokii

poklon chol’ i ego varianty [Kinesicheskie aspects of the Korean etiquette: the tra-

ditional deep bow chol’ and its variants] // Etnograficheskoe obozrenie. 2007.

# 3. P. 162–166.

◆ Samsonov D. A. O koreiskom etikete pri vynashivanii rebenka [About the Ko-

rean etiquette related to carrying a child] // Vestnik Tsentra koreiskogo yazyka

i kul’tury. SPb., 2007. Issue 9. P. 205–216.

◆ Samsonov D. A. Gendernye aspekty koreiskogo etiketa [Gender aspects of the

Korean etiquette]. Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i kul’turnye pro-

ekty MAE RAN v 2008 g. SPb., 2009. P. 144–148.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Yaponskie kollektsii Kunstkamery epokhi Ekateriny Velikoi

[Japanese collections of the Kunstkamera in the epoch of Catherine the Great] //

Iz veka Ekateriny Velikoi. Puteshestviya i puteshestvenniki. Materialy XIII Tsar-

skosel’skoi nauchnoi konferentsii. SPb., 2007. P. 446–454.

◆ Sinitsyn A.Yu. O yaponskikh chasakh makura-dokei iz kollektsii I. F.Van Over-

meera-Fishera [About the Japanese clock makura-dokei from the collection of I.

F. Van Overmeer-Fischer] // Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i kul’-

turnye proekty MAE RAN v 2006 g. SPb., 2007. P. 274–280.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Kollektsiya Frederika Ioganna van Overmeera Fishera v yapon-

skom sobranii MAE RAN [The collection of Frederik Johann Van Overmeer Fis-

cher in the Japanese funds of the MAE RAS] // Rossiya i Yaponiya: Sb. nauch. tr.

SPb., 2007. P. 254–267.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. “Kur’eznye nepristoinosti” v yaponskom sobranii MAE RAN

[“Curious indecencies” in the Japanese collections of the MAE RAS] // Kur’ez v

iskusstve i iskusstvo kur’eza. SPb., 2008. P. 365–377.

◆ Sinitsyn A.Yu. Petrovskaya Kunstkamera i pervye yaponskie veschi v Rossii [Pe-

ter’s Kunstkamera and the first Japanese objects in Russia] // Pod parusom “Pal-

lady”: Almanakh. SPb., 2008.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Mech iz kollektsii doma Tokugava v yaponskom sobranii MAE

RAN [A sword from the collection of the Tokugawa home in the Japanese collec-

tions of the MAE RAS] // Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i kul’-

turnye proekty MAE RAN v 2008 g. SPb., 2009. P. 29–33.


© МАЭ РАН

128


◆ Sokolov A. M. Ukrasheniya i poyasa v bytu i kul’takh ainov [Dec-

orations and belts in Ainu everyday life and cults] // Etnografiche-

skoe obozrenie. 2007. # 2. P. 138–149.

◆ Sokolov A. M. Ainskaya odezhda (attusi) v yaponskoi kul’ture

[Ainu clothes (attusi) in Japanese culture] // Kyunerovskii sbornik.

Materialy vostochnoaziatskikh i yugo-vostochnoaziatskikh issle-

dovanii. Issue 5. Etnografiya, fol’klor, iskusstvo, istoriya, arkhe-

ologiya, muzeevedenie. 2005–2006. SPb., 2008. P. 205–219.

EXPEDITIONS

In the 1970s and 1980s the Soviet-Mongolian expedition for the Study

of History and Culture worked in Mongolia.Among its members were

A. M. Reshetov and L. L. Viktorova, who collected vast materials in-

cluding ethnographic collections now owned by MAE.

Over the last years, young department members have availed them-

selves of opportunities to improve their professional skills in East Asian

countries: in 2002–03 E. D. Petrova (who no longer works in the MAE)

received language training in China, and in 2004 D.A. Samsonov trav-

eled to the Republic of Korea to collect materials on certain aspects of

the traditional Korean culture (etiquette rules with regard to public and

family life).

In 2008, within the framework of the project “Idzhma/Agreement”

a MAE expedition was held in the People’s Republic of China in Sin’ts-

zyan-Uigur autonomous region and the province of Tsinkhai entitled

“Muslims of the Chinese Turkestan (the Uigur people of Sin’tszyan, the

Salar people of Tsinkhai)”. The participants of the expedition were

E. A. Rezvan (head of the expedition), I. A. Alimov, Yu. K. Chistov,

E. A. Mikhailova, M. E. Rezvan. Rich field materials (including photo-

graphic and video materials) were collected on different aspects of the

traditional culture of Sin’tszyan Muslims, as well as the Muslims of

Syunkhua region in Tsinkhai.

Members of the MAE RAS

expedition “Muslims of

the Chinese Turkestan

(The Sin’tszyan Uigurs

and the Salar people of

Tsinkhai)” with the Chinese

colleagues in the Tsinkhai

University of Nationalities

(Sinin). 2008


© МАЭ РАН


129

CONFERENCES

Since 1977 the Department has been holding annual Kühner Lectures

dedicated to the prominent Russian ethnographer and historian Niko-

lai Vassilievich Kühner (1877–1955), who headed the Department for

several years. The event is attended by scholars from various institu-

tions of the city. Proceedings are being published on a regular basis:

◆ Kuehnerovskie chteniya 1993–1994: Kratkoe soderzhanie dokladov

[Kühner Lectures 1993–94: Abstracts] / Ed. by A. M. Reshetov. SPb.:

MAE RAS, 1995. 104 p.


[Kühner Lectures 1995–97: Abstracts] / Ed. by A. M. Reshetov. SPb.:

MAE RAS, 1998. 208 p.


[Kühner Lectures 1998–2000: Abstracts] / Ed. by A. M. Reshetov.

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2001. 239 p.


[Kühner Lectures 2001–04: Abstracts] / Ed. by A. M. Reshetov,

E. V. Ivanova, E. D. Petrova. SPb., 2005. 212 p.

◆ Kuehnerovskii sbornik: Materialy Vostochnoaziatskikh i Yugo-Vos-

tochnoaziatskikh issledovanii. Etnografiya, fol’klor, iskusstvo, isto-

riya, arkheologiya, muzeevedenie. 2005–2006 [Kühner’s collection:

Materials of East-Asian and South-East-Asian researches. Ethnogra-

phy, folklore, art, history, archaeology, museology. 2005–06] / Ed. by

A. M. Reshetov, E. V. Ivanova, D. A. Samsonov. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2008. 222 p.


In the coming years the Department’s staff will participate in the work

on two large collective research projects:“State and ethnicity” (section

“Chinese urban culture of the 10th–13th centuries: the spiritual and

the material”) and “Museum collections and archive materials in the

histoy of Russian and world culture” (topic “Collections from East and

South-East Asia in the MAE”). Besides, within the framework of the

project entitled “Cultural and biological aspects of the development of

humanity” (direction “Ethno-botanics”) it is planned to participate in

the writing of a collective monograph entitled “Chewing stimulators

in the rituals and mythology of the peoples of the world”.


© МАЭ РАН

130


COLLECTIONS

The department’s collections originated at the time when the Kunst-

kamera was founded (18th century). At that time, the museum re-

ceived artifacts from various regions of foreign Asia, primarily Mon-

golia and China, as well as from adjoining territories of Siberia.

One of the first independent academic museums to have descend-

ed from the Kunstkamera in the early 1800s was the Asian Museum (its

successor is Institute of Oriental Manuscripts RAS). Nearly all collec-

tions of Oriental provenance (artifacts, manuscripts, books, etc.) were

transferred there.

After the Ethnographic Museum had been established (1836–37),

Oriental artifacts were gradually returned to it. The acquisition of East

Asian collections continued. Since the transformation of the Ethno-

graphical and Anatomical Museums into the Museum of Anthropo-

logy and Ethnography (1879),Asian (primarily Chinese, Japanese and

Mongolian) collections have played a key role there and are being con-

stantly replenished.

The influx of Far Eastern materials was the most intense in late

1800s and early 1900s,when MAE was headed by Academician V.V.Rad-

lov. Another fruitful period was that of the 1920s and 1930s. During

these periods, most East Asian collections bearing on traditional cul-

tures of that region were acquired.

“Sky boat” — a mechanic toy. China.

Beginning of the 18th century. Wood, ivory, tin, amber

A pagoda model. China. 18th century. Ivory


© МАЭ РАН


131

In the 1950s and early 1960s, thanks to strengthened ties with Chi-

na, Mongolia, Korea, and Japan, large Far Eastern collections from

these countries were brought to MAE by visiting specialists. In later

Engraving

“Commander Takeda

Singen and his vassals”.

Japan. 19th century.

Paper. Graphics

Fan. Japan. 19th century.

Copper, lead,

bamboo, paper

A figure of Buddha

Maitrejia. China.

18th century. Bamboo


© МАЭ РАН

132


years, the materials were mostly replenished through separate pur-

chases and donations.

The first collections from mainland Southeast Asia were received in

the late 1800s. In the last decades of the 20th century and in the early

2000s further increase occurred thanks to manifold relationships with

countries of that region (especially Vietnam and Thailand).

At present, East and Southeast Asian ethnographic collections of

MAE are among the richest and the most diverse in world museums.

A highly important source of information concerning that region is the

huge collection of photographs.

A family by the yurt. Mongolia.

Beginning of the 20th century

A view of Bangkok. Thailand.

End of the 19th — beginning of the 20th century

A fold with elephants near the town of Ayuti.

End of the 19th — beginning of the 20th century

Portrait of members of the

royal family in ceremonial

costumes. Laos. 1903.

From G. Meyer’s collection

A shaman. Korea.

End of the 19th century.

Photo-album of

A. I. Zvegintsev expedition

to Korea, 1898

top:

A portrait of the

King of Siam

wearing an offi-

cer’s uniform.

End of the 19th

century. From

K. N. Pos’et’s

collection


© МАЭ РАН


133

Over nearly three centuries, many dozens of collectors, some of

whom were prominent representatives of Russian and Western science

and culture, have contributed to the growth of the department’s col-

lections.Among them were Orientalists such as Academicians V.V.Bar-

told, B. Ya. Vladimirtsov, S. F. Oldenburg, as well as A. E. Gluskina,

S. E. Malov, G. O. Mohnseeler, A. D. Rudnev, etc., ethnographers such

as B. O. Pilsudskii, V. L. Sieroszewsky, S. M. Shirokogorov, diplomats

such as K. I. Weber, N. N. Krotkov, L. Lang, V. F. Lub, J. P. Shishmarev,

travelers such as F.L. Jelachich,P.K.Kozlov,amateur ethnographers and

collectors such as N. V. Kirillov, G. M. Osokin, E. E. Ukhtomskii, Rus-

sian officers and sailors such as M. V. Ladyzhenskii, K. N. Pos’et,

P. P. Molas,V.V. Lindestrom, etc.Also, the museum received collections

from other Russian and foreign museums and other institutions.

At present the Department of East and Southeast Asia owns sever-

al dozens of thousands of specimens, nearly 40,000 of which are Chi-

nese, about 9,000 are Japanese, more than 2,000 are Korean, and about

as many are Mongolian. Most were collected in the 1800s and early

1900s, and this alone makes them unique or at least valuable in terms

of historic and cultural information.

The most precious specimens include 15th–18th-century Chinese

porcelain, artwork, early medieval Korean celadon dishes excavated in

late 1800s, Japanese painting and weapons, Mongolian articles related

to the religious tsam ceremony, Buddhist bronze sculptures from Ti-

bet, China, Mongolia, and Thailand, masks and other attributes of

Thai, Chinese, and Japanese traditional dramas, etc.

Several published catalogues of the department’s collections are

available, as are articles describing their origins. In 2004 a full catalogue

A theater mask of a Kumpakarna

demon. Siam. Early 20th century.

Papier–mâche

A general’s helmet. Korea.

18th—19th century. (Choson epoch).

Metal, brass, fish skin


© МАЭ РАН

134


of the Korean collections of the MAE was published. The Depart-

ment’s members of staff I. V. Suslova and D. A. Samsonov, as well as

members of staff of the Department of Storage and Registration

D. V. Ivanov and L. G. Lebedeva, and Korean specialists from the State

Research Institute of the Cultural Heritage of the Republic of Korea

participated in the preparation of this catalogue. In November 2008

an agreement was made with the State Museum of Ethnography of the

Republic of Korea (Seoul) that regulates the creation of a multimedia

disc and a web page on our Museum’s web-site with a full catalogue of

the MAE Korean collections.

◆ Suslova I. V., Ionova Yu. V., Li Nan Yon, Yun Gyn Il’. Pamyatniki ko-

reiskoi kul’tury iz sobraniya Muzeya antropologii i etnografii imeni

Petra Velikogo (Kunstkamera) Rossii [Monuments of the Korean

culture from the collection of Peter the Great Museum of Anthropolo-

gy and Ethnography (Kunstkamera) of Russia]. Seoul, 2004. 376 p.

Other publications of such kind are the following:

◆ Ainskie kollektsii Muzeya antropologii i etnografii im. Petra Veli-

kogo (Kunstkamera) Rossiiskoi Akademii nauk: Katalog [Ainu Col-

A vase. China. 15th century.

Min dynasty (1368–1644),

the rule of Chenkhua (1465–

1487). Porcelain, coating.

Moulding, crackle, painting

A vase. China, 15th century.

Porcelain. Under-coating

cobalt painting

A cup. Korea. 19th century

(the Korio epoch). Celadon


© МАЭ РАН


135

lections of Peter the Great Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography

(Kunstkamera) of the Russian Academy of Sciences: Catalogue] / In-

troduction and texts by Ch. M. Taksami. Tokyo, 1998. 204 p.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Oruzhie i boevoe snaryazhenie yaponskikh samu-

raev: Katalog kollektsii MAE [Weapons and Battle Armor of the

Samurai: Catalogue of the MAE Collections]. SPb.: MAE RAS. 1999.

159 p.

◆ Suslova I.V.Katalog kollektsii po razdelu “Mongoly”.Svodnyi ukaza-

tel’ kollektsii po razdelu “mongoly” [Catalogue of Mongolian Col-

lections. General index] // Koreiskie i mongol’skie kollektsii v so-

braniyakh MAE. Leningrad, 1987. P. 163–170. (MAE Collection.

Vol. XLI).

◆ Suslova I.V. Katalog kollektsii po razdelu “Koreitsy”. Svodnyi uka-

zatel’ kollektsii po razdelu “Koreitsy” [Catalogue of Korean Collec-

tions. General index] // Koreiskie i mongol’skie kollektsii v sobra-

niyakh MAE. Leningrad, 1987. P. 171–175. (MAE Collection. Vol.

XLI).

◆ Suslova I. V., Ionova Yu. V., Li N. E., Yun G. I. Pamyatniki koreiskoi

kul’tury iz sobraniya Muzeya antropologii i etnografii imeni Petra

Velikogo (Kunstkamera) Rossii [Monuments of Korean Culture from

the Collection of Peter the Great Museum of Anthropology and Ethnog-

raphy (Kunstkamera) of Russia]. Seoul, 2004. 376 p.

◆ Suslova I.V. Katalog kollektsii MAE po narodam materikovoi chasti

Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii. Svodnyi ukazatel’ kollektsii po narodam ma-

terikovoi chasti Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii. Svodnyi ukazatel’ illyustri-

rovannykh kollektsii po narodam materikovoi chasti Yugo-Vostoch-

noi Azii [Catalogue of MAE collections from mainland Southeast

Asia. General index including index of illustrations] // Kul’tura naro-

dov Okeanii i Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii. SPb., 1995. P. 226–235. (MAE

Collection, Vol. XLVI).

A lot of publications are dedicated to the studies of the Department’s

funds, including:

◆ Ivanova E. V., Reshetov A. M. Formirovanie i issledovanie fondov

MAE po Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii [Formation and research of the MAE

funds on South-East Asia] // Kul’tura narodov Okeanii i Yugo-Vos-

tochnoi Azii. SPb., 1995. P. 5–33. (MAE Collection. Vol. XLVI).

◆ Ivanova E. V. Tsarskaya kollektsiya v MAE (Indokitaiskii fragment)

[Tsar’s collection in the MAE (Indochinese fragment)] // Kurier Pet-

rovskoi Kunstkamery. SPb., 1997. Issue 6–7. P. 195–215.

◆ Kislyakov V. N. Sobirateli kollektsii MAE po traditsionnoi kul’ture

narodov Kitaya (dorevolyutsionnyi period) [MAE collectors of the

pre-revolutionary era: Chinese Traditional Culture] // Kurier Petrov-

skoi Kunstkamery. SPb., 1996. Vol. 4–5. P. 57–74.


© МАЭ РАН

136


◆ Kislyakov V. N. Sobirateli kitaiskikh kollektsii MAE RAN (posleok-

tyabr’skii period) [MAE collectors of the post-revolutionary era: Chi-

nese Traditional Culture] // Kusntkamera vchera, segodnya, zavtra.

SPb., 1996. Vol. 1. P. 68–95.

◆ Sviridov A. A. Kollektsiya Zakhara Fedorovicha Leontievskogo v

sobranii MAE RAN [The collection of Zakhar Fedorovich Leontievskii

in the funds of the MAE RAS] // Kuehnerovskie chteniya 1995–1997:

Kratkoe soderzhanie dokladov [Kühner Lectures 1995–97: Abstracts].

SPb., 1998. P. 33–35.

◆ Sinitsyn A. Yu. Birmanskie kollektsii MAE [Burma collections of the

MAE] // Kul’tura narodov Okeanii i Yugo-Vostochnoi Azii. SPb.,

1995. P. 42–52. (MAE Collection. Vol. XLVI).

EXHIBITIONS

At present, several permanent exhibitions based on the department’s

collections are open at the museum.The largest one features traditional

cultures of the peoples inhabiting China (mainly that of the Han). The

most impressive exhibits include the costume of an 18th-century mil-

itary commander (see above), medieval porcelain, lacquer, ivory, ritu-

al paraphernalia, etc.

Chinese exposition. MAE. 2005

Chinese exposition. A noble Chinese woman. MAE. 2006


© МАЭ РАН


137

The Japanese exhibition shows articles re-

lated to traditional festivals of boys and girls,

porcelain, lacquer, traditional clothing, full at-

tire of a samurai donated to Prince Nicholas

Alexandrovich during his trip to the Orient in

Japanese exposition. MAE. 2009

Japanese exposition.

Tea ceremony. MAE. 2006

Korean exposition. MAE. 2009


© МАЭ РАН

138


1890–91, traditional kitchenware, masks and other attributes of Japan-

ese dramas and ceremonies (No, Kabuki, and Kagura), and ritual arti-

cles. A special part of the exhibition focuses on the traditional culture

of Hokkaido Ainu.

The Korean exhibition shows traditional clothing, artware, ancient

porcelain (celadon), and domestic utensils.

The most attractive elements of the Mongolian exhibition are a

model of yurt, ritual objects (tsama masks, clothes of a shamaness),

musical instruments, and works of art.

Indochinese exposition. MAE. 2009

Mongolian exposition. MAE. 2009


© МАЭ РАН


139

Cultures of mainland Southeast Asia are represented by tradition-

al Vietnamese and Thai clothing,musical instruments,Buddhist sculp-

tures from Thailand, masks of Thai theatre, and domestic objects in-

cluding ceramics.

The Department’ collections have many times been displayed on

temporary exhibitions in Russia and abroad. Of special popularity was

a large exhibition project entitled “The Samurais: the knights of the

country of the rising sun”. In 2004–05 this exhibition was held in Tam-

pere (Finland) and Malmo (Sweden).

In June 2007, due to the visit to the MAE RAS of the Queen of Thai-

land Sirikat, a temporary exhibition was opened called “The gifst of the

King of Siam Rama V to Prince Nikolai Alexandrovich”.

Within the exhibition series “The world of one object”, in 2004 an

exhibition was held called “Chinese travel sun-dial with a magnet

hand”, and in 2008 an exhibition called “A sky-boat: a Chinese me-

chanic toy”.

The visit of Her Majesty the Queen of Thailand Sirikit to the MAE, June 2007


© МАЭ РАН

140

d e p a r t m e n t o f e a s t e r n s l a v s a n d p e o p l e s o f e u r o p e a n r u s s i a

Phone: (812) 328-41-41


Head of Department

Alexander Teryukov

A peasant in a traditional outfit.

Photograph from V. A. Karrik’s col-

lection. Mordva. Simbirsk Province.

Second half of the 19th century

Woman’s headdress. Russian.

Saratov Province. Mid-19th century.

Linen, brocade, beads, braid,

golden embroidery


© МАЭ РАН

141

engaged in Slavic studies in two capitals. In various years it was head-

ed by V.V. Bogdanov, E. E. Blomkvist,V. I. Chicherov, P. I. Kushner, and

V. K. Sokolova. Its members were prominent figures such as T. V. Sta-

nyukovich,N. I.Gagen-Torn,B.N.Putilov,N.V.Novikov,and A.K.Bai-

burin; the contribution of persons like S. N. Mogilyanskaya, too, was

important.

In 1961–90 the Department was directed by Corresponding Mem-

ber of the Academy of Sciences Kirill Vassilievich Chistov, Dr. Sc., win-

DEPARTMENT OF EASTERN SLAVS AND PEOPLES OF EUROPEAN RUSSIA

D. K. Zelenin (1878–1954) T. V. Stanyukovich (1916–1992)

he study of the traditional material

culture and ideology of the Slavs and

their Finnish and Turkic neighbors has

been among the museum’s priorities ever

since its foundation in 1879.

T

K. V. Chistov (1919–2007)

They were addressed by “The Cabinet (i.e. sector) of Europe” which,

in 1925–40, was headed by Corresponding Member of the Academy of

Sciences D. K. Zelenin.

In 1943, when the Moscow part of the Institute of Ethnography was

being established, the Department of the Ethnography of Eastern Slavs

was founded. Until 1992, when the Institute split into that of Ethno-

logy and Anthropology in Moscow and the Museum of Anthropology

and Ethnography in St. Petersburg, this department united specialists


© МАЭ РАН

142


ner of the State Award of the USSR, one of the leading

specialists in Slavic folklore and ethnography. 1 In 1991–

2005 the Department was headed by T. A. Bernstam,

Dr.Sc., a well-known specialist in Slavic folklore and

ethnography, as well as in ethnic and cultural aspects of

Christianity and church ethnography. 2

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

The principal domains of studies conducted by the department mem-

bers are traditional culture, ideology and folklore of the Eastern Slavs

and other peoples of European Russia, ethno-cultural processes and

ethnic interactions in northwestern and northern Russia, and theory

and practice of modern museology and urban ethnography.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Teryukov Alexander, Head of Department, Cand.Sc. (ethnography of

the Komi and other Finnish peoples, history of Russian and Finno-

Ugric ethnography, history of MAE, ethno-museology).

Kon’kova Olga, Researcher (ethnography of Baltic Finns, ethnic histo-

ry of Ingermanlandia).

Lavrent’eva Lyudmila, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (history of MAE,

collectors, Russian and Slavic culture, specimen versus culture, and

ethno-museology).

Mazalova Natalya, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (Russian ethnography,

folk medicine, somatic ethnography, folk beliefs about soul, magi-

cal practices of Russian “adepts”).

Salmin Anton, Leading Researcher, D.Sc., (ethnography, folklore and

folk religion of the Chuvashes and the Volga Finns).

Shevchenko Yuri, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (ethnography and cul-

tural anthropology of the Slavs, church antiquities, isichasm, Chris-

tian underground sanctuaries).

1 Kirill Vasilievich Chistov: Bibliograficheskii ukazatel’

[Bibliographical directory]. SPb,: MAE RAS, 2001.2 Tatyana Alexandrovna Bernstam. Bibliograficheskii ukazatel’.

K 70-letiyu so dnya rozhdeniya [Bibliographical directory. To the 70th anniversary]. SPb,: MAE RAS, 2005.

T. A. Bernstam (1935–2008)


© МАЭ РАН


143

Schepanskaya Tatjana, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (Russian culture,

methods of field studies, gender studies including ethnography of

maternity, masculine stereotypes, male traditions and magic; polit-

ical anthropology including traditional models and symbols of

power,anthropology of violence, ethnography of professional com-

munities, juvenile subculture).

Yakovleva Tatyana, Research Assistant (history of the Department).


◆ Zhenschina i veschestvennyi mir kul’tury u narodov Rossii i Evropy

[Woman and the Material World of Russian and European Culture] /

Ed. by T. A. Bernshtam. SPb.: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 1999.

249 p. (MAE Collection. Vol. XLVII).

◆ Lavrent’eva L. S., Smirnov Yu. I. Kul’tura russkogo naroda [The Cul-

ture of the Russian People]. SPb.: Paritet, 2004. 445 p.

◆ Russkii Sever: Arealy i kul’turnye traditsii [Russian North: Distri-

bution Areas and Cultural Traditions] / Ed. by T. A. Bernshtam,

K. V. Chistov. SPb.: Nauka, 1992. 272 p.

◆ Russkii Sever. K probleme lokal’nykh grupp [Russian North. The

Problem of Local Groups] / Ed. by T. A. Bernshtam. SPb.: MAE RAS,

1995. 320 p.

◆ Russkii Sever.:Aspekty unikal’nogo v etnokul’turnoi istorii i narod-

noi traditsii [Aspects of the Unique in Ethno-Cultural History and Folk

Tradition] / Ed. By T. A. Bernstam. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2004. 420 p.

◆ Salmin A. K. Sistema verovanii chuvashei [Chuvash System of Be-

liefs] / Cheboksary, 2004. 208 p.

◆ Khristianstvo v regionakh mira [Christianity in World Regions] / Ed.

by T. A. Bernshtam. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2002. 336 p.

◆ Shevchenko Yu. Yu. V zone slavyanskogo etnogeneza: Paleode-

moekologiya Nizovoi Desny v pervom tysyachaletii nashei ery [In

the Zone of Slavic Ethnogenesis: Palaeodemoecology of Lower Desna

River in the First Millenium AD] / SPb.: MAE RAS, 2002. 380 p.

◆ Schepanskaya T. B. Kul’tura dorogi v russkoi miforitual’noi tradit-

sii XIX–XX vv. [The Culture of Road in Russian Mythical-Ritual Tra-

dition in the 19th–20th Centuries]. M.: Indrik, 2003. 352 p.

◆ Schepanskaya T. B. Sistema: teksty i traditsii subkul’tury [System:

sub-cultural texts and traditions]. M.: O.G.I., 2004. 288 p.

A highly important series of monographs has been authored by the de-

partment’s oldest staff member, Corresponding Member of the Acad-

emy K.V. Chistov:


© МАЭ РАН

144


◆ Prichitaniya Severnogo kraya, sobrannye E. V. Barsovym [Lamen-

tations of the Northern Region Collected by E.V. Barsov] / Ed.and pre-

pared for publication by K. V. Chistov, B. E. Chistova. SPb.: Nauka

(series “Literaturnye pamytaniki” [Literary Monuments], 1997.Vol.

I. 500 p., Vol. II 655 p.

◆ Preodolenie rabstva. Fol’klor i yazyk “ostarbaiterov” 1942–1944.

[Overcoming Slavery. Folklore and Language of the ‘Ostarbeiters’] /

Compiled and annotated by K. V. Chistov and B. E. Chistova. M.:

Memorial,1998.198 p. (German edition: Fliege,mein Briefchen von

Westen nach Osten.Auszüge russischer,ukrainischer und weiІruІis-

cher Briefen der Zwangsarbeiterinnen und Zwangsarbeiter 1942–

1944. [Studien zur Volksliedforschung. Bd 18]. Bern; Berlin; Frank-

furt a.M.; New York; Paris; Wien: Peter Lang, 1998. 368 s.

◆ Čistov K.V. Der gute Zar and das ferne Land: russische sozial-utopi-

scheVolkslegenden des 17.–19. Jahrhunderts (Hrsg.Von D. Burkhart.

Übers.Von Gesine Damijan, Dražen Grgić, etc.). Münster; New York;

München; Berlin: Waxmann. 1998. 319 S.

◆ Chistov K. V. Russkaya narodnaya utopiya: Genezis i funktsii sot-

sial’no-utopicheskikh legend [Russian Folk Utopia: Origin and

Functions of Social-Utopian Legends]. SPb.: Dmitrii Bulanin, 2003.

539 p.

◆ Chistov K. V. Fol’klor. Tekst. Traditsiya [Folklore. Text. Tradition].

Collection of Articles. M.: O.G.I., 2005. 450 p.

◆ Chistov K. V. Zabyvat’ i stydit’sya nechego [Nothing to Forget or Be

Ashamed of]. SPb., MAE RAS. 2006. 240 p.

Other monographs published by the department staff members in the

last several years are the following:

◆ Khristianstvo v regionakh mira [Christianity in World Regions] / Ed.

by T. A. Bernstam, A. I. Teryukov. SPb.: Nauka, 2008. Issue 2. 408 p.

◆ Bernstam T. A. Prikhodskaya zhizn’ russkoi derevni: Ocherki po

tserkovnoi etnografii [Parish Life of a Russian Village: Essays on

Church Ethnography]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie. 2005.

(“Ethnographica Petropolitana”). 311 p.

◆ Kon’kova O. I. Fol’klor i kalendarnye prazdniki izhor [Izhor Folk-

lore and Calendar Festivals]. SPb., 2006. 60 p.

◆ Salmin A. K. Sistema fol’k-religii chuvashei [Chuvash system of folk

religion] / Ed. by A. I. Teryukov. SPb.: Nauka. 2007. 654 p.

◆ Teryukov A. I. Istoriya etnograficheskogo izucheniya traditsionnoi

kul’tury komi: Ucheb. pos. [History of Ethnographical Studies of the

Traditional Komi Culture: Tutorial]: Syktyvkar: SykGU. 2006 (to-

gether with V. A. Semionov, V. E. Sharapov). 180 p.


© МАЭ РАН


145

EXPEDITIONS

Since the establishment of the department, fieldwork has been among

its major activities. The largest expeditions were carried out in the

1950s and 1960s during the preparation of the ethnographic atlas

The Russians. In 1995, a longterm field study of local populations in

the Northern Dvina region was completed (under the direction of

T. A. Bernshtam.)

Since 1996 annual expeditions to the Leningrad region have been

conducted for the study of Vepsian, Russian,Vod, Izhoran and Finnish

populations (A.E.Finchenko,O. I.Kon’kova,A. I.Teryukov,T.B.Schep-

anskaya, N. E. Mazalova, and L. S. Lavrent’eva). A. I. Teryukov carries

out field research among the Russian and Finno-Ugric peoples of West

Siberia. Yu. Yu. Shevchenko is studying underground dwellings in

European Russia.

CONFERENCES

At the Department’s initiative, the first Zelenin Lectures were held on

November 26th–28th,2003.The conference is consecrated to the mem-

ory of the prominent Russian ethnographer D. K. Zelenin. In 2008 the

European University, together with the journal “Anthropological Fo-

rum”, organized and held in St. Petersburg an international conference

“Forms and Methods of Memory of Organization in the Traditional and

Modern Culture”(Zelenin Lectures–2008). In 2009 a scientific-method-

ological seminar entitled “Aspects of the Future According to Ethno-

graphical and Folklore Materials (predictions, utopias, realities)” was

launched.

PRIZES AND AWARDS

In 1981 the department staff members K. V. Chistov and T. V. Stanyu-

kovich won the State Award for the joint monograph Modern Ethnic

Processes in the USSR.

In 2000, the German order “For Services”was awarded to K.V.Chis-

tov for his participation in joint Russian-German research projects. In

2003 he received the prize of S.F.Oldenburg by St.Petersburg City Gov-

ernment and Academic Center in St. Petersburg.


© МАЭ РАН

146



The Department’s staff members are participating in the development

of three major collective research topics: “Mythological-ritual cultur-

al space” (section “Aspects of the future according to ethnographical

and folklore materials” and section “Historical dynamics and meta-

morphoses of ideas, images and artifacts among eastern Christians of

the 1st — beginning of the 2nd millennium AD (appearance, develop-

ment, mutual influence)”); “Museum collections and archive materi-

als in the history of Russian and world culture” (section “Traditional

culture of the peoples of European Russia in the MAE collections”);

“Cultural and biological aspects of the development of humanity”

(sections “Emotions in the traditional Russian culture”,“Psycho-physi-

ological aspect of monastery practices of the Middle Ages and its em-

bodiment in monumental art, icon painting and charms”,“Ethnogra-

phy of migratory behaviour: everyday practices and social control”).

COLLECTIONS

Collections representing peoples of European part of the former USSR

and foreign Europe (over 15 thousand specimens, some 26 thousand

negatives and over 11 thousand illustrations) are housed at the de-

pository “Department of Europe”. Their first collector was the founder

of St. Petersburg Kunstkamera Peter I, who brought from Europe nu-

merous specimens presented to him or those he had acquired special-

ly for the Kunstkamera. In the 1700s and early 1800s new valuable col-

lections from the Volga and the Urals were received. During the 1768–

74 Physical and Topographical Expedition Academician P. S. Pallas and

adjunct I. I. Lepekhin greatly enriched the department’s funds with

clothing of the Volga peoples. By the time the Museum of Anthropo-

logy and Ethnography was established (1879), it had owned,apart from

the all these, small collections representing Russian ethnography.

In the early 1900s, the department received Russian, Ukrainian and

Byelorussian specimens collected by the expeditions led by D. A. Kle-

mentz, S. M. Dudin, and N. M. Mogilyanskii. Large collections were re-

ceived from M.K.Kablukova-Gorbunova,A.V.Zhuravskii,D.D.Travin,

A.I.Rogachev,etc.Samples of embroidery made by Tver’Karelians were

received from a village teacher M. V. Mikhailovskaya. A well-known

Finnish archaeologist, ethnographer and historian, the Custodian of

the Archaological Committee Dr. T. Schwindt supervised the acquisi-

tion of collections illustrating the Finnish culture of the Karelian Isth-


© МАЭ РАН


147

mus. In 1897 the Museum received part of the present given to Alexan-

der II by the Bulgarian people in acknowledgment of his role in the

liberation of their country from Turkish domination.

In 1930–40 D. K. Zelenin made a huge contribution to the muse-

um by having systematically collected items by categories (implements,

clothing, footwear,headgears, etc.) In the postwar period,when the his-

Woman’s headdress. Mordva.

From P. S. Pallas’s collection.

Second half of the 18th century.

Linen, pearls, corals, beads,

nacre, metal, coins

Woman’s headdress (cap).

Kazan Tatars. 19th century.

Silk, velvet, beads

Sarafan. Russian. Saratov

Province. Mid-19th century.

Linen, brocade, cotton threads,

golden embroidery


© МАЭ РАН

148


torical and ethnographic atlas was being prepared, much attention

was paid to Eastern Slavic enclaves in Siberia (G. M. Osokin, L. M. Sa-

burova, G. S. Maslova,A.A. Lebedeva), in Central Asia, and in Kazakh-

stan (E. E. Blomkvist, T. V. Stanyukovich). In the late 1900s more col-

lections arrived from Archangelsk and Vologda regions and from the

Vepsian area of Leningrad oblast’ (A. E. Finchenko).

Among the most interesting specimens are hats worn by Russians

and the Volga Finns and Turks, spoons, samples of embroidery. The

most important illustrations are in the collections of I. S. Polyakov,

V. A. Carrick, M. A. Krukovskii, S. M. Dudin, and A. A. Belikov.

The following catalogues have been published:

◆ Katalog kollektsii otdela Evropy MAE [Catalogue of Collections of the

Department of Europe of MAE] / Compiled by Stanyukovich T. V.,

Ushakov N.V.,Bernshtam T.A.,Kogan M.E.,Yukhneva N.V.,Gvozdiko-

va L. S., Zhukovskaya I.V., Kamenetskaya R.V., Molotova L. N., Staro-

voitova G.V.,Shapovalova G.G. // Pamyatniki kul’tury narodov Evro-

py i evropeiskoi chasti SSSR. L., 1982. P. 153–191. (MAE Collections.

Vol. XXXVIII).

◆ Kollektsii otdela Evropy:Vystavochnye proekty.Katalogi.Issledovaniya

Towel fringe with embroidery.

Russian. Early 20th century.

Linen, cotton threads, chain stitch

Earrings. Russian. 20th century.

River pearls, paste, metal

Earrings. Russian. 20th century.

River pearls, metal


© МАЭ РАН


149

[Collections of the Department of Europe:Exhibition projects.Catalogues.

Researches] / Ed. by A.I.Teryukov.SPb.:Nauka.2008.214 p.(MAE col-

lections.Vol. LIV).

◆ Lavrent’eva L.S. Katalog illyustrativnykh kollektsii otdela Evropy MAE

[Catalogue of Illustrative Collections of the Department of Europe of

MAE] // Iz kul’turnogo naslediya narodov Vostochnoi Evropy. SPb.,

1992. P. 180–197. (MAE Collections.Vol. XLV).

EXPOSITION

Although the Department has no exposition of its own, its collections

are displayed on the permanent exhibition “History of the Kunstkam-

era” and are widely used for temporary exhibitions at MAE and at var-

ious other Russian museums:

◆ Svetozarnaya Kazan’: Albom-katalog [Radiant Kazan: Album-Cat-

alogue]. SPb., 2005.

◆ Imperator Alexandr III. Imperatritsa Maria Fyodorovna: Katalog

vystavki [Emperor Alexander III. Empress Maria Fyodorovna: Exhi-

bition Catalogue]. SPb., 2006.

◆ Stanovlenie Finlyandii: Katalog vystavki [Formation of Finland: Ex-

hibition catalogue]. SPb., 2009.

Peasants’ group portrait. Russian. Orlov Province. Second half of the 19th century


© МАЭ РАН

150

о т д е л е в р о п е и с т и к и

Phone: (812) 328-00-25


Head of Department

Alexander Novik

A married woman’s cap

(Timpmutz). Wustrow-Schrajan

region, Hannover Wendland,

Germany. Mid 19th century.

Silk, cotton, bugles, glass

beads, metal

Runic calendar. Scandinavia.

Early 17th century. Wood


© МАЭ РАН

151

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

The department’s research activities mainly concern traditional culture

of Scandinavia and Central Europe, the Balkan Peninsula, the Slavic

world, and southern and southwestern Europe.

Several department’s staff members have participated in A. V. Des-

nitskaya Memorial Conferences co-sponsored by MAE, St. Petersburg

Institute of Linguistic Studies, and St. Petersburg State University. The

department publishes regular series such as Nemtsy v Peterburge. Bio-

graficheskii aspekt [Germans in St. Petersburg: A Biographic Aspect],

Skandinavskie chteniya [Scandinavian Lectures], Etnografiya Peterbur-

ga–Leningrada [Ethnography of St. Petersburg–Leningrad], etc. An im-

he Department of Europe,

established in the early 1990s,

derives from the former

Department of General

and Theoretical Problems.

It emerged through the efforts

of Prof. A. S. Myl’nikov,

and B. N. Putilov, Dr.Sc.,

a prominent specialist

in folklore.

DEPARTMENT OF EUROPE

A. S. Myl’nikov (1929–2003)

B. N. Putilov (1919–1997)

T

A specialist in a whole range of European

peoples, A. S. Myl’nikov headed the depart-

ment until his death in 2003.


© МАЭ РАН

152

d e p a r t m e n t o f e u r o p e

portant domain of departmental activities is preparation of temporary

exhibitions.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Novik Alexander, Cand.Sc., Head of Department (traditional culture

of Balkan Peninsula, Balkan settlers in former Russian Empire,

European etnology).

Yukhneva Nataliya,D.Sc.,Chief Researcher (ethnic minorities in St.Pe-

tersburg, ethnic problems of Central and Eastern European cities,

Jews in the former USSR, modern ethnic relations, and ethnic mi-

norities at large).

Schrader Tatjana, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (culture and ethnology

of Scandinavia and the Circum-Baltic region).

Buchatskaya (Ivanova) Yuliya,Cand.Sc.,Researcher (folk culture of north-

ern Germany, interface between Slavonic and German cultures in the

Elba — Oder interfluve, northern German toponymy, oral folklore

genres, northern German imagology, and modern calendar rites).

Gubanov Igor’, Cand.Sc., Research Assistant (society and culture in

ancient Scandinavia, contacts between Scandinavians and their

neighbors).

Meskhidze Julietta, Researcher, Cand. Sc. (cultures of islanders and

highlanders of southwestern Europe, and index catalogue of West-

ern and Southwestern European ethnographic collections at MAE).

Golant Natalya, researcher, Cand.Sc. (ethnography of the Carpathian-

Balkan region, traditional culture of eastern Romanic peoples, east-

ern Romanic folklore, ethno-linguistics, calendar rituals of Euro-

pean peoples, museology).

Ermolin Denis,Post-Graduate Student (burial rituals of European peo-

ples, ethnography of the poly-ethnic Azov region).


◆ Myl’nikov A. S. Narody Tsentral’noi Evropy: Formirovanie natsio-

nal’nogo samosoznaniya XVIII–XIX vv. [Peoples of Central Europe:

The Origins of National Identity 18th–19th centuries]. SPb.: Petro-

polis, 1997. 176 p.

◆ Myl’nikov A. S. Kartina slavyanskogo mira: vzglyad iz Vostochnoi

Evropy. Etnogeneticheskie legendy, dogadki, protogipotezy XVI —


© МАЭ РАН


153

nachala XVIII veka [View of the Slavic World: A Look from Eastern Europe. Ethno-

genetic Legends, Guesses, Proto-Hypothesis, 16th — early 18th century]. SPb.: Pe-

terburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 1996. 320 p.

◆ Myl’nikov A. S. Kartina slavyanskogo mira: vzglyad iz Vostochnoi Evropy. Pred-

stavleniya ob etnicheskoi nominatsii i etnichnosti XVI–XVIII vv. [View of the

Slavic World: A Look from Eastern Europe. Ideas of ethnic nomination and ethnic-

ity, 16th–18th centuries]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie. 1999. 400 p.

◆ Putilov B. N. Fol’klor i narodnaya kul’tura. In Memoriam [Folklore and folk cul-

ture. In Memoriam]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie, 2003. (“Ethnographi-

ca Petropolitana”, IX).

◆ Yukhneva N. V. Etnicheskii sosav i etnosotsial’naya struktura naseleniya Peter-

burga. Vtoraya polovina XIX — nachalo XX v. [Ethnic composition and ethnic-

social structure of the population of St. Petersburg. Seconf half of the 19th — be-

ginning of the 20th century]. L.: Nauka. 1984. 223 p.

◆ Yukhneva N.V. Istoriya [History] // Mnogonatsional’nyi Peterburg. Istoriya. Re-

ligii.Narody [Multi-national St. Petersburg. History. Religions. Peoples].SPb.,2002.

P. 9–160.

In the last several years the Department’s staff members have published

a number of monographs, among which are the following:

◆ Golant N.G.Etnolingvisticheskie materially iz kommuny Melaya,Rumynia, zhu-

dets Vylcha,oblast’ Olteniya [Ethnographical materials from Melaya commune, Ro-

mania, Judet Vylcha, Olteniya Region] // Karpato-balkanskii dialektnyi landshaft:

yazyk i kul’tura [Carpathian-Balkan dialectal landscape: language and culture] /

Ed. by A. A. Plotnikova. M.: Institut slavyanovedeniya RAN, 2008. P. 271–322.

◆ Gubanov I. B. Kul’tura i obschestvo skandinavov epokhi vikingov [Scandina-

vian culture and society in the Viking era]. SPbUE, 2004. 142 p.

◆ Gubanov I. B. Bronzovyi vek Severa i Yuga Evropy: problemy mezhetnicheskikh

kontaktov i rekonstruktsiya sotsial’noi struktury drevnego obschestva [The

Bronze Age of the North and South of Europe: problems of inter-ethnic contacts

and a reconstruction of the social structure of the ancient society]. SPb.: Nauka.

2006. 106 p.

◆ Ermolin D. S., Minaev S. G., Novik A. A. Kul’tura kladbischa v albanskom sele

Georgievka Priazovskogo raiona Zaporozhskoi oblasti (Ukraina) [The culture

of the cemetery in the Albanian village of Georgievka of the Azov Region of Za-

porozhskaya Oblast’ (Ukraine)] // Problemy slavyanovedeniya [Problems of

Slavonic studies] / Ed. by S. I. Mikhal’chenko. Bryansk: Bryanskii gosudarstven-

nyi universitet — Ladomir. 2008. Issue 10. P. 223–230.

◆ Ivanova-Buchatskaya Yu.V.,Alexeeva I. S. Kontrastnaya toponimika: nemetsko-

russkii i russko-nemetskii slovar’-spravochnik dlya perevodchikov [Contrast

Toponymy: German-Russian and Russian-German reference dictionary for trans-

lators]. SPb.: Soyuz, 2006. 112 p.

◆ Mezkhidze D. I. Italianskaya interventsiya v Gruziyu v 1919 godu: plany i obsto-

yatel’stva [Italian intervention into Georgia in 1919: plans and circumstances] //


© МАЭ РАН

154


Vestnik Sankt-Peterburgskogo universiteta. Ser. 2. Istoriya. 2007. Issue 1.

P. 127–133.

◆ Novik A. A. Katolicheskie prazdniki i obryadnost’ v Dukagjine (materially ek-

speditsii v Severo-Albanskie Al’py) [Catholic festivals and rituals in Dukagjin

(materials of the expedition to the North-Albanian Alps)] // Materialy polevykh

issledovanii MAE RAN / Ed. by E. G. Fyodorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2006. Issue

6. P. 42–58.

◆ Novik A. A. Greki [The Greek] // Bol’shaya Rossiiskaya entsiklopediya: V 30 t. /

Predsedatel’ nauchn. red. soveta Yu. S. Osipov. Otv. redactor S. L. Kravets. M.,

2007. Vol. 7. P. 665–667.

◆ Shrader T. A. Ocherki zhizni shvedskikh kolonistov v Rossii (XIX v.) [Essays on

the life of Swedish colonists in Russia (19th century)] // Skandinavskie chteniya

2006. Etnograficheskie i kul’turno-istoricheskie aspekty / Ed. by T. A. Shrader.

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2008. P. 229–253.

◆ Yukhneva N. V. Stat’t raznykh let [Articles of different years]. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2005. 392 p.

◆ Novik A. Koha nё veprimtarinё e shkrimtarёve shqiptarё tё Ukrainёs // Seminari

XXVI ndёrkombёtar pёr gjuhёn, letёrsinё dhe kulturёn shqiptare.# 26/2 / Kryere-

daktor prof. Dr. Imri Badallaj. Prishtinё: Universiteti i Prishtinёs — Universiteti i

Tiranёs, 2007. F. 177–184.

◆ Schrader T. Legislative Aspects of the Norwegian Colonization of Murman

(1860–1915) // In the North my Nest is made. Studies in the History of the Mur-

man Colonization 1860–1940. St. Petersburg–Tromsö, 2006. P. 61–85.

EXPEDITIONS

The department staff members conduct numerous field trips to vari-

ous regions of Europe, and continue collecting articles of traditional

cultures in these regions.

Since 1998,annual expeditions have been organized to the Azov and

northern Black Sea region. Multidisciplinary studies of Balkan (Alba-

nian, Bulgarian, Gagauz, and Greek), as well as the Swedish colonies in

southern Ukraine have been conducted. Field work, in which A.A. No-

vik and Yu.V. Ivanova-Buchatskaya,T.A.Shrader and D.S.Ermolin take

part, is conducted under collaboration with colleagues from St. Peters-

burg State University, the Moscow Institute of Ethnology and Anthro-

pology RAS, and the Institute for Linguistic Research of the Södertörn

University (Stockholm, Sweden).

In 2000, the first Russian-German ethnological expedition to north-

ern Germany took place (its participants were A.S.Myl’nikov,A.A.No-

vik and Yu.V. Ivanova-Buchatskaya).This multidisciplinary project, fo-


© МАЭ РАН


155

cusing on regions formerly inhabited by the Elba Slavs is co-sponsored

by the Center for the Study of Central Eastern Europe in Leipzig.

Since 2005 a systematic research of the ethnography of Kosovo

population has been carried out. During annual expeditions to the re-

gion numerous photographic materials have been collected, that have

enriched the MAE’s illustrative funds. The field work is directed by

A. A. Novik.

In 2008–09 the Department’s staff member N. G. Golant, together

with the colleagues from the Institute of Slavonic Studies RAS, held an

ethnic-linguistic research in Romania. Its main purpose was collect-

ing materials in accordance with ethnic-linguistic, lexical and syntac-

tic programs developed for the studies of the Balkan areal.

In 2008, within the framework of the MAE RAS cooperation with

the Austrian Academy of Sciences, an ethnic-linguistic expedition was

held to the border of Albania and Macedonia to study Muslim Mace-

donians. The study of this population group is part of the long-term

plan of the researchers of the two countries. The MAE was represent-

ed by A. A. Novik in this research.

In 2009 A. A. Novik participated in an expedition to Arbreshe set-

tlements of Southern Italy. This field work is a result of the MAE RAS

cooperation with the University of Milan and the University of Cal-

abria in the sphere of the studies of the ethnography, folklore and mu-

sical culture of the Balkans population of the Apennines.

CONFERENCES

Since 1996, the department has been sponsoring the Scandinavian

Lectures. This international conference is being held biennially under

the participation of specialists from both Russia and foreign countries.

Various aspects of history, ethnic relations, and culture of Scandinavia

and neighboring countries are being discussed. Four volumes of pro-

ceedings have been published.The conference organizers are T.A.Schra-

der and I. B. Gubanov.

◆ Skandinavskie chteniya 2005 goda. Etnograficheskie i kul’turno-is-

toricheskie aspekty [Scandinavian Lectures 2005. Ethnographical and

cultural-historical aspects] / Ed. by T. A. Shrader. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2005. 183 p.

◆ Skandinavskie chteniya 2004 goda. Etnograficheskie i kul’turno-is-

toricheskie aspekty [Scandinavian Lectures 2004. Ethnographical and

cultural-historical aspects] / Ed. by T. A. Shrader. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2006. 520 p.


© МАЭ РАН

156


◆ Skandinavskie chteniya — 2006 [Scandinavian Lectures — 2006] /

Ed. by T. A. Shrader. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2008. 558 p.

Since 1999, the annual conference Germans in St. Petersburg: A Bio-

graphic Aspect is being held. Based on its materials, two collections of

articles have been published. The conference organizer and the editor

of the collections is T. A. Schrader.

◆ Nemtsy v Sankt-Peterburge: Sb. st. [The Germans in St. Petersburg:

Collection of Articles]. Ed. by T. A. Shrader. SPb: MAE RAS, 2008.

Issue 4. 348 p.

For 20 years the department held the annual conference titled Ethno-

graphy of Petersburg–Leningrad, addressing general problems of urban

ethnography, social history and history of daily life of Petersburg, ethnic

problems, and St. Petersburg museology. Since 2006 this project has be-

come an independent section of the conference entitled “Field ethnog-

raphy”held once in two years by the MAE RAS and the St.Petersburg State

University. The study of St. Petersburg is part of circum-Baltic studies.

Conference proceedings are being published. For many years, the work

has been directed by N.V.Yukhneva.

PRIZES AND AWARDS

The joint monograph Mnogonatsional’nyi Peterburg. Istoriya. Religii.

Narody [Multinational Peterburg: History, Religions, Peoples], prepared

under an active participation of N. V. Yukhneva, was awarded with a

diploma of the VI National Exhibition Fair “Books of Russia” in 2003.

In the same year N. V. Yukhneva won the Antsiferov prize in the nom-

ination “General Contribution to Studies of Modern Petersburg”.

T. A. Shrader has been awarded with a diploma “For contribution

to the development and preservation of national identity”. The award

was established by the Fund “Russian-German meeting Center” of the

Peter-Kirche of St. Petersburg. In 2008 T. A. Shrader received from the

General Consulate of the Federative Republic of Germany a thank-you

letter (Dankschrift) for the organization of ten conferences and for her

contribution into the study of the contacts between the Russian and

the German peoples.


© МАЭ РАН


157


Since 2009 the Department’s staff members have been developing

the section “European collections in the MAE” as part of the collec-

tive research project “Museum collections and archive materials in

the history of Russian and world culture”. Besides, the department’s

scientific interest have always included such research topics as eth-

no-linguistic studies of the Balkans; ethnc groups in Imperial St. Pe-

tersburg; the history and culture of Italian regions; materials relat-

ed to the Swedish people in Russia, Finland and Estonia; ethnic and

inter-cultural interaction and reconstruction of the structure of the

ancient society by the Museum’s collections on the Neolithic and

Bronze Age of Northern and Southern Europe.

COLLECTIONS

The Department possesses numerous valuable collections of items of

traditional culture, photographs, drawings, posters, paintings, and

other visual materials related to the original and diverse folk cultures

of Europe. It is no secret that the scholarly interest in articles of Euro-

pean folk culture arose much later than that for “exotic, remote, and

strange” peoples. The situation was the same with collections repre-

senting the life of peoples who live next to us, but turn out to be so

little known to us.

The first European collections began to accumulate in the 19th cen-

tury. Among the noteworthy items acquired at that time are Albanian

clothes from crimson velvet with rich golden orphrey, presented to the

Russian tsar Nicholas I. Together with Albanian weapons decorated

with silver, they belong to the museum’s most unique specimens. Also

in the 19th century, the collections were enriched with traditional arti-

facts representing the folk culture of Montenegrins, Macedonians, and

other peoples. A purposeful collecting of articles of traditional Euro-

pean cultures began in the 20th century. The museum was enriched

with rare exhibits from Scandinavia, Central, Southern, and South-

western Europe.

The bulk of the Scandinavian collection of the Kunstkamera are

runic calendars received in the 1830s, Norwegian exhibits dating from

the late 1800s and early 1900s,Swedish peasant items from Runö (Ruh-

nu) Island, received in the early 1800s. The total number of Scandina-

vian exhibits at MAE is over 250.


© МАЭ РАН

158


There are more than one hundred objects and photographs from

Spain, Italy, Monaco, Portugal and southern France (Department of

East Pyrenees). Part of them was donated by Admiral K. N. Pos’et in

1899. Certain specimens such as plaster figurines, traditional head-

dresses and musical instruments, dolls in national costumes, and uten-

sils were received from the Museum of Presents to I.V.Stalin (Moscow).

Crown. Germans.

Prussia.

End of the 19th century.

Metal, glass

Comb. Bulgaria.

19th century.

Silver. Filigree

Brooch. Bulgaria.

19th century.

Silver. Filigree

bottom:

A pair of pistols with

a ramrod and a belt

for carrying weapons.

Albania, Montenegro.

19th century.

Wood, iron, silver with

gilded elemens, fabric,

golden embroidery


© МАЭ РАН


159

Woman in a costume of the

Blekinge Province (Sweden).


Portrait of the newly-weds from

Bourg-de-Batz (salt-makers

costumes). France, Brittany Province.


The department owns five collections representing the traditional

culture of Germans (ca. 100 items). One of them is related to German

colonists of the Volga region. Another one is an interesting collection

of spoons donated to the museum by V. A. Ryshkov in 1927.

In 1990s a goal-oriented assemblage of items of the traditional Ger-

mans culture began. In 2000, during the First Russian-German Ethno-

logical Expedition to northern Germany, the department staff mem-

bers A. S. Myl’nikov, A. A. Novik and Yu. V. Ivanova-Buchatskaya ac-

Runic calendar-booklet.

About 1634. Scandinavia.

Wood.

(overall view and detail)

quired a collection comprising 24 specimens such as household objects,

clothing, textile, and articles related to festivals.

A. A. Novik, who conducted several expeditions to Greek and Al-

banian villages in the Ukraine in 1998–2003, brought some 100 spec-


© МАЭ РАН

160


imens reflecting traditional life of Greeks and Albanians. The collec-

tion is unique as there are no such artifacts in other Russian museums.

The department’s photographic collections consist of films,negatives

and photographs made by MAE researchers in various European coun-

tries in late 1800s. Especially noteworthy are those made by V. V. Rad-

lov in Skansen, Sweden, in 1898. They show the traditional life of Scan-

dinavian peasants and common town dwellers. Many photographs

were made by L. J.Sternberg in early 1900s.His trips to Brittany in 1904

and to Galicia and Germany in 1919 enriched the Kunstkamera with

unique photographs showing everyday life, culture, festive rites, etc.

Such photos are very rare not only in Russian, but also in European

museums,as the interest in ethnographic photography is rather recent.

Sleeveless jacket. Albania. 20th century.

Wool, cotton, golden embroidery

Woman’s belt. Albania. 19th century.

Velvet, wool, metal, golden embroidery

Muslim Macedonian milking sheep.

Albania. 2008

Photographs are not the only boast of the department’s stock of il-

lustrations. There are painting and drawings made by amateurs as well

as by professional artists.Among them are two paintings by the famous

Albanian artist Yu. Rota, depicting women of the northern Albanian

town Shkodra in their national costumes. These small paintings were

made in the 1950s, when traditional clothing was still popular with the

Albanians at large rather than with members of folklore groups alone.

In 1999 the General Consulate of Norway donated to the museum

a collection of illustrative materials showing the role of skis in the life

of Norwegians.

Expeditions organized by the department have been an important

source of new materials. Numerous photographs reflecting various


© МАЭ РАН


161

aspects of life and culture were brought from Albania, Macedonia,

Lithuania, and Germany. The Circum-Baltic region, Central Europe

and the Balkans have become the foci of the department’s ethnolog-

ical studies, and they are especially well represented by photograph-

ic materials. The joint Russian-German expedition to Jabelheide-

Wendland (2000) should be mentioned in this context, because it en-

riched the museum with more than 700 photographs, ten video

cassettes, and 23 audio cassettes. This allowed to document a con-

siderable part of present-day folk culture — one which will be part

of the past tomorrow.

The materials on the European funds’ collections have been pub-

lished in the following works:

A harvest festival in Mecklenburg, Germany, 2000. Photograph from the expedition

of A. S. Myl’nikov, A. A. Novik, Yu. V. Ivanova to Northern Germany

◆ Ivanova-Buchatskaya Yu. V. Nemetskie kollektsii MAE RAN: K is-

torii formirovaniya [German collections of the MAE RAS: To the his-

tory of formation] // Radlovskie chteniya 2006 g. / Ed. by Yu. K. Chis-

tov, E. A. Mikhailova. SPb., 2006. P. 30–37.

◆ Ivanova Yu. V., Novik A. A. “Dalekoe — blizkoe” (evropeiskie eks-

peditsii sotrudnikov Kunstkamery) — novyi etap v deyatel’nosti ot-

dela evropeistiki MAE [‘The remote — the near’ — a new step in the

activity of the European Department of the MAE] // Kur’er Petrovskoi

Kunstkamery. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2004. Issue 10–11. P. 151–156.

◆ Meskhidze J. I. O portugal’skoi gitare iz kollektsii K. N. Pos’eta

[About the Portuguese guitar from K. N. Posiet’s collection] // Radlov-

skii sbornik: Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN


© МАЭ РАН

162


v 2007 g. / Ed. by Yu. K. Chistov, M.A. Rubtsova. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2008. P. 439–443.

◆ Novik A. A. Ekspeditsiya v Kosovo 2006 g. Zolotoshveinoe remeslo

i voprosy arkhivatsii polevykh fotomaterialov [The art of goldern

embroidery and the questions of archiving of field photographic ma-

terials] // Radlovskii sbornik: Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye issledo-

vaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2006 g. / Ed. by Yu. K. Chis-

tov, E. A. Mikhailova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2007. P. 68–73.

◆ Novik A.A.Opyt sbora kollektsii: albanskii muzykal’nyi instrument

v evropeiskikh kollektsiyakh MAE RAN [An experience of collections’

acquisition: Albanian musical instruments in the European collections

of the MAE RAS] // Radlovskii sbornik: Radlovskii sbornik: Nauch-

nye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2007 g. / Ed. by

Yu. K. Chistov, M. A. Rubtsova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2008. P. 403–405.

◆ Shrader T. A. Skandinaviya v illustratsiyakh (v fonakh MAE RAN)

[Scandinavia in illustrations (in the funds of the MAE RAS] // Rad-

lovskii sbornik: Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye issledovaniya i mu-

zeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2006 g. / Ed. by Yu. K. Chistov, E.A. Mi-

khailova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2007. P. 95–99.

◆

EXPOSITIONS

The Department of Europe has no standing exposition of its own.

Collections owned by it are displayed on temporary exhibitions at

MAE. Thus, in 2006, an exhibition was held in the MAE called “Plattes

Land.The Symbols of Northern Germany: Expeditions Continue”.The

Depratment has participated in a number of major exhibition projects:

“Emperor — Generalissimo. Albanian gifts in the museums of St. Pe-

tersburg” (2004, in cooperation with the Russian Ethnographical Mu-

seum);“Emperor Alexander III. Empress Maria Fyodorovna” (2006, in

cooperation with the Committee for Culture of St. Petersburg, and the

Central Exhibition Hall “Manezh”); “Albanian brides. To the 50th an-

niversary of the Department of the Albanian language and culture of

the St.Petersburg State University”(2008, in cooperation with the Rus-

sian Ethnographical Museum and the National Folklore Society of

Tiran, Albania).


© МАЭ РАН


163

Items from the Deparmtment’s collections are published in the fol-

lowing catalogues and exhibition booklets:

◆ Kalashnikova N. M., Novik A. A. Imperator — Generalissimus. Al-

banskie dary v muzeyakh Sankt-Peterburga. K 10-letiyu obschestva

“Druz’ya Albnaii v Sankt-Peterburge”: Buklet vystavki [Emperor —

Generalissimo. Albanian gifts in the museums of St. Petersburg. To the

10th anniversary of the society ‘Friends of Albania in St. Petersburg’:

Exhibition booklet]. SPb.: MAE RAS, REM, 2004. 4 p.

◆ Imperator Alexander III. Imperatritsa Maria Fyodorovna. Katalog

vystavki [Emperor Alexander III. Empress Maria Fyodorovna. Exhi-

bition catalogue] / Ed. by V. A. Fyodorov. SPb.: Komitet po kul’ture

Sankt-Peterburga, Gosudarstvennyi Ermitazh, Gosudarstvennyi

istoriko-khudozhestvennyi dvortsovo-parkovyi muzei-zapoved-

nik “Gatchina”,Tsentral’nyi vystavochnyi zal “Manezh”,2006.P.233,

384.

◆ Ivanova-Buchatskaya Yu.V., Novik A. A. Plattes Land. Simvoly Sev-

ernoi Germanii: Ekspeditsii prodolzhayutsya: Buklet [Plattes Land.

The Symbols of Northern Germany: Expeditions Continue. Booklet]

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2006. 4 p.

◆ Kalashnikova N. M., Novik A. A., Dizdari E. Nevesty Albanii. K 50-

letiyu otdeleniya albanskogo yazyka i literatury SPbGU: Booklet

[Albanian brides. To the 50th anniversary of the Department of the

Albanian language and culture of the St. Petersburg State University:

Booklet]. SPb.: REM, MAE RAS, Shogata Mbarëkombëtare Folk-

lorike (Tiranë, Shqipëri), 2008. 4 p.

Exhibition from the series

“The world of one object”:

“An Admiral’s gift. Norwe-

gian mug” — a wooden

carved beer mug from

K. N. Posiet’s collection.

1870


© МАЭ РАН

164

d e p a r t m e n t o f c a u c a s u s

Phone: (812) 328-07-12


Head of Department

Yuri Karpov

A stand for spoons.

The Avars. Dagestan.

Mid 20th century.

Wood, paint


© МАЭ РАН

165

In the 1930s certain leading figures such as A.N.Genko

(1896–1941) and L. B. Panek (1896–1984) were asso-

ciated with these units. In the same years, L. I. Lavrov’s

scholarly career began.

Caucasian studies at post-war MAE were mostly

conducted by Leonid Ivanovich Lavrov (1909–1982),

who headed the Department for many years and au-

thored fundamental works dealing with the history

and ethnography of most peoples of North Caucasus.

Other researchers who made significant contributions

to Caucasian ethnography were T. D. Ravdonikas and

L. I. Smirnova, who focused on ethnic and social his-

tory, the evolution of material culture and ideology of

this region. In the 1970s and 1980s, Caucasian studies

at the Institute of Ethnography Leningrad branch were

conducted at the Department of Central Asia, the Cau-

casus and Kazakhstan. Later the Caucasian Group was

formed, and in 2002, the Department of Caucasus

headed by Yu. Yu. Karpov.

he history of the department began

in 1936, when the “Cabinet” of Caucasus

and the Department of Caucasus were

founded within the Academy of Sciences

Institute of Anthropology, Archeology

and Ethnography (now MAE).

DEPARTMENT OF CAUCASUS

T

L. I. Lavrov (1909–1982)


© МАЭ РАН

166


MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

A publication of a collective monograph called Obschestvo kak sub’ekt

i ob’ekt vlasti: ocherki politicheskoi antropologi narodoc Kavkaza [Soci-

ety as subject and object of power: essays on political anthropology of the

Caucasian peoples] is planned for 2009–11.In the same years it is planned

to prepare for publication a monographic research of Yu. Yu. Karpov

and E. K. Kapustina entitled Migrtsionnye protsessy v Dagestane v sere-

dine XX — nachale XXI v.: sotsial’nye, etnokul’turnye, ikh posledstviya

i perspektivy [Migrational processes in Dagesan in the middle of the

20th — beginning of the 21st centuries: social and ethno-culturalm their

consequences and prospectives].Also, the department staff is engaged in

describing photographic materials and compiling the bibliography of

Caucasian ethnology.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Karpov Yuri, Head of Department, D.Sc. (traditional social institutes,

ideological aspects of culture, modern ethno-social processes in the

Caucasus).

Botyakov Yuri,Senior Researcher,Cand.Sc.(North Caucasian cultures).

Shtyrkov Sergey, Senior Researcher,, Cand.Sc. (religious beliefs and

practices of the Caucasian peoples).

Albogachieva Makka, Researcher, Cand. Sc. (Ethnographical aspects of

Ingush religious practices and legal pluralism: history and modern

times).

Kapustina Ekaterina, Junior Researcher (seasonal labour migrations in

Dagestan: traditional variants and the dynamics of development in

the second half of the 19th — beginning of the 21st centuries).

Radetskaya Kseniya, Senior Assistant (the history of the MAE collec-

tions on the ethnography of the Caucasian peoples).


Recent books published by the department

are the following:


© МАЭ РАН


167

◆ Gazeta “Terskie Vedomosti” ob Ingushetii i Ingushakh (1909–1911

gg.) [‘Terskie Vedomosti’ Newspaper on Ingushetia and the Ingush

people (1909–11)] / Compiled by M.S.-G.Albogachieva.SPb.,Krym,

2002. Issue 1. 94 p.

◆ Karpov Yu. Yu. Dzhigit i volk. Muzhskie soyuzy v sotsiokul’turnoi

traditsii gortsev Kavkaza [The Dzhigit and the Wolf. Male Unions in

the Socio-Cultural Tradition of Caucasian Highlanders]. SPb.,

DEAN+ADIAM-M. 1996. 312 p.

◆ Karpov Yu. Yu. Zhenskoe prostranstvo v kul’ture narodov Kavkaza

[Female Space in Caucasian Culture]. SPb., Peterburgskoe vostoko-

vedenie. 2001. 414 p.

◆ Botyakov Yu.M.Abreki na Kavkaze.Sotsiokul’turni aspekt yavleniya

[Caucasian Abreks: The Socio-Cultural Aspect]. SPb., Peterburgskoe

vostokovedenie. 2004. 208 p.

◆ Güldenstedt I. A. Puteshestvie po Kavkazu v 1770–1773 gg. [Travel

to Caucasus in 1771–73] (translated by T. K. Shafranovskaya; edit-

ed and annotated by Yu.Yu. Karpov). SPb., Peterburgskoe vostoko-

vedenie. 2002. 506 p.

◆ Albogachieva M. S.-G. (Ed.). Ob Ingeshetii i ingushakh (Sbornik

materialov gazety “Terskie vedomosti” za 1868–1878 gg.) [Ingushe-

tia and the Ingushes: Selected Excerpts From ‘Terskie Vedomosti,’ 1868–

78]. Vol. 2. Manas. SPb., Ladoga, Borei-Art. 2003. 208 p.

◆ Severnyi Kavkaz: Chelovek v sisteme sotsiokul’turnykh svyazei [Man

in the system of social-cultural relations] / Ed.by Yu.Yu.Karpov.SPb.,

Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie, 2004. 364 p.

◆ Albogachieva M. S.-G. (Ed.). Ob Ingeshetii i ingushakh (Sbornik

materialov gazety “Terskie vedomosti” za 1879–1917 gg.) [Ingushe-

tia and the Ingushes: Selected Excerpts From ‘Terskie Vedomosti,’ 1879–

1917]. SPb., Ladoga, 2005. Issue 3. 432 p.

◆ Albogachieva M. S.-G. (Ed.). Trudy F. I. Gorepekina [Works of

F. I. Gorepekin]. SPb., Ladoga, 2006. 202 p.

◆ Severnyi Kavkaz: Traditsionnoe sel’skoe soobschestvo — sotsial’nye

roli, obschestvennoe mnenie, vlastnye otnosheniya [Northern Cau-

casus: Traditional rural society — social roles, public opinion, power

relations] / Ed. by S. A. Shtyrkov. SPb., Nauka, 2007. 334 p.

◆ Karpov Yu. Yu. Vzglyad na gortsev. Vzglyad s gor. Mirovozzrench-

eskie aspekty kul’tury i sotsial’nyi opyt gortsev Dagestana [View of

highlanders. View from the mountains. World-view aspects of culture

and the social experience of Dagestan highlanders]. SPb., Peterburg-

skoe vostokovedenie, 2007. 656 p.

◆ Lavrov L. I. Ubykhi. Istoriko-etnograficheskaya monografiya [The

Ubykh people. Historical-ethnographical monograph] / Ed. by

Yu. M. Botyakov. SPb., MAE RAS (printing)

◆ Traditsii narodov Kavkaza v menyayuschemsya mire: Preemstven-

nosti i razryvy v sotsiokul’turnykh praktikakh: Sbornik statei k


© МАЭ РАН

168


100-letiyu L. I. Lavrova [Traditions of the peoples of the Caucasus in

the changing world: Successions and gaps in socio-cultural practices:

Collection of articles to the 100th anniversary of L. I. Lavrov] / Ed. by

Yu. Yu. Karpov. SPb., Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie (printing).

EXPEDITIONS

MAE specialists conducted annual field studies in the Caucasus until

the early 1990s. After a break, the work was resumed in areas such as

Dagestan, Adygea, Kabardino-Balkaria, Ingushetia, the Republic of

North Ossetia — Alania, the Republic of Georgia. In all these, valu-

able field materials were collected including artifacts, photographs,

video recordings, etc.

CONFERENCES

The Department of Caucasus, in cooperation with that of Central Asia,

has been sponsoring (since 1976) annual conferences on Central Asia

and Caucasus, currently known as Lavrov Lectures. They are attended

by ethnographers,historians,archeologists,and Orientalists specializing

in Caucasus and Central Asia and working in St.Petersburg,Moscow and

the Caucasian republics. The conference of 2009 was dedicated to the

100th anniversary of L. I. Lavrov, an outstanding specialist in the Cau-

casus. Abstracts have been published since 1978. The most recent col-

lections are these:

◆ Lavrovskie (sredneaziatsko-kavkazskie) chteniya. 2004–2005. Krat-

koe soderzhanie dokladov [Lavrov (Middle-Asian-Caucasian) Lec-

tures 2004–05. Abstracts] / Ed. by Yu. Yu. Karpov, I. V. Stasevich.

SPb., MAE RAS, 2005. 148 p.

◆ Lavrovskii sbornik. Materialy sredneaziatskoi-kavkazskikh issledo-

vanii. Etnologiya, istoriya, arkheologiya, kul’turologiya. 2006–2007

[Lavrov Collection. Materials of Middle-Asian-Caucasian researches.

Ethnology, history, archaeology, culturology. 2006–07] / Ed. by

Yu. Yu. Karpov, I. V. Stasevich. SPb., MAE RAS, 2007. 294 p.


© МАЭ РАН


169

COLLECTIONS

Caucasian collections of MAE total over 1,000 items. The earliest ones

include Caucasian clothing acquired in 1842–44 by a Czech researcher

F.A.Kolenati especially for the Kunstkamera,and a costume of a Megrel

prince donated to Nicholas I in 1837 and transferred from the Her-

mitage to MAE in 1899.

In 1903 the MAE received clothing and weapons of Caucasian peo-

ples such as Georgians,Armenians,Azerbaijani, Kurds, Lazians, Tatars,

and Circassians. In 1945–46 E. M. Schilling acquired for the MAE

wooden utensils, musical instruments, etc., used by peoples of Dages-

tan (Avars, Baguls, Tindins, and Archins). Other collections from

Dagestan were received in 1980–90.

Jacket. Kurd.

Armenia. 180s.

From F A. Kolenati’s

collection

Woman’s boots.


20th century. Wool

Bracelet. The Laks.

Dagestan. 19th century.

Silver, stone


© МАЭ РАН

170


Photographic and illustrative collections owned by the department

and totaling more than 1,500 items include many highly informative

specimens. One example is Album Showing Houses, Funerary Con-

Daira-tambourine.

Trans-Caucasian.

Late 19th century

Kemenche

with a bow.

Trans-Caucasian.

Late 19th century

structions, Clothing and Jewelry, received in 1902 from Colonel

D. A.Vyrubov, who in 1880–90 was Commander of Nal’chik and then

Vladikavkaz Regions. Even though no explanatory text is provided, the

album is a valuable source in that it shows many Central Caucasian (es-

pecially Balkarian) monuments which were partly or completely de-

stroyed in later years.

Other materials relate to expeditions to northwestern Caucasus

(E. M. Schilling, 1920), Dagestan and highland Georgia (N. G. Sprint-

syn, 1926;A. D. Danilin, 1926; L. B. Panek, 1928; and L. I. Lavrov, 1950).

In the early 1980s Yu. Yu. Karpov and A. I. Azarov recorded a unique

festival celebrated each year in just one hard-to-reach Dagestanian vil-


© МАЭ РАН


171

lage, Shaitli. In 2002 Yu. M. Botyakov made a video recording of a wed-

ding ceremony in the Dagestanian village of Bezhta.

In this decade, the Department’s staff members have shot several

films in different parts of the Caucasian region (Yu. M. Botyakov — a

wedding in a Dagestanian village of Bezhta; E. L. Kapustina and

M. Solonenko (the Department’s post-graduate student) — a Shakh-

Support for spoons.

Avar. Dagestan.

Mid 20th century

A lamp. The Kubach

people. Dagestan.

Late 19th — early 20th

century. Cast iron


© МАЭ РАН

172


Album with drawings

of dwellings, burial

monuments, clothes

and decorations.

Sheet 14. D. A. Vyrubov.

1880–90

Processing of wool.


1926. Photo by

N. G. Shprintsin

Scene from “Igbi”

celebration. Tsez (Didoi).

Dagestan. 1982.

Photo by Yu. Yu. Karpov

and A. I. Azarov


© МАЭ РАН


173

sei-Vakhsei festival in Derbent; M. S.-G. Albogachieva — Zirk in bur-

ial-mourning rituals of the Ingush people).

In 1978, a catalogue of Caucasian ethnographic collections was

published:

◆ Ravdonikas T. D., Smirnova L. I. Katalog po narodam Kavkaza [Cat-

alogue of Caucasian Collections] // Material’naya kul’tura i khozyai-

stvo narodov Kavkaza, Srednei Azii i Kazakhstana (Sbornik MAE.

Vol. XXXIV). Leningrad, Nauka. 1978. P. 182–220.

EXPOSITIONS

The department has no permanent exposition. Sections illustrating

Caucasian cultures can be viewed at the Russian Ethnographical Mu-

seum. In 2005, within the exposition series “The world of one object”,

an exhibition was held called “Botsi: a wolf mask from the Dagestan-

ian village of Shaitli”.

In 2004 the department staff members in cooperation with the Re-

gional Public Foundation “Caucasian World” designed an exhibition

titled “Caucasian Women in Photographs, Painting, Sculpture and

Graphics”, which was a hit in Moscow (June 2004 — February 2005),

and in Rostov-on-Don (October 2004). The materials displayed on

that exhibition are published in the following album:

◆ Zhenschiny Kavkaza. Fotografii, zhivopis’, skul’ptura, grafika [Cau-

casian Women. Photographs, paining, sculpture, graphics]. M., For-

tuna EL, 2008. 240 p.

In 2008, in the Museum called “St. Petersburg of the commonalty”

an exhibition called “I am protected by this city: The multi-national

St. Petersburg family” was held. It was organized by the scientific cen-

ter “Petropol” at the House of National Cultures, with active partici-

pation of Albogachieva (author of the concept, selection of materials).


© МАЭ РАН

174

d e p a r t m e n t o f s i b e r i a

Phone: (812) 328-41-42


Head of Department

Larisa Pavlinskaya

Women’s summer

clothes. The Ulchs.

The Far East.

Early 20th century.

Fish skin, paint

Vessel. The Mansi

people. North-West

Siberia. 19th century.

Birch bark, paint

Hat. The Ulchs.

The Far East.

19th century.

Birch bark, paint


© МАЭ РАН

175

Sternberg’s other colleagues were W.I. Jochelson and V.G.Bogoraz, spe-

cialists in cultures of Northeastern Siberia, already internationally

known due to their key role in Jesup Expedition to Chukotka and

Kamchatka (1900–02).Other expeditions in which they had taken part

were Sibiryakov’s trip to Yakutia (1894), and one to Kamchatka, which

istory of the Department of

Siberia traces back to 1901, when

L.J. Sternberg , a prominent

specialist in traditional cultures

and folklore of the Amur and

Sakhalin, was appointed Senior

Ethnographer at the Museum.

His workfellow (then Junior

Ethnographer) was D. A. Klementz,

a specialist in Eastern Siberia

and the future director of the

Russian Museum Ethnographic

Department (1903).

DEPARTMENT OF SIBERIA

H

W. I. Jochelson (1855–1937) V. G. Bogoraz (Tan) (1865–1936)

L. J. Sternberg (1861–1927)


© МАЭ РАН

176


was the longest (1908–11). Apart from having founded the MAE De-

partment of Siberia and from their role in Siberian field studies, this

galaxy of first-rate scholars made a substantial contribution to the de-

velopment of the Russian school of general ethnography.

The scope of their research is evidenced by the following highly im-

portant monographs based on their field work:

◆ Sternberg L. J. Gilyaki, orochi, gol’dy, negidal’tsy, ainy [Gilyak,

Oroches, Golds, Negidals, Ainu]. Khabarovsk: Dal’giz, 1933. 740 p.

◆ Sternberg L. J. Materialy po izucheniyu gilyatskogo yazyka i fol’k-

lora [Materials for the Study of Gilyak Language and Folklore]. SPb.:

Tip. Akademii nauk, 1908. 232 p.

◆ Jochelson W. I. Materialy po izucheniyu yukagirskogo yazyka i

fol’klora [Materials for the Study of Yukaghir Language and Folk-

lore]. SPb.: Akademiya nauk, 1900. 240 p.

◆ Jochelson W. I. The Koryak. New York, G. F. Stechert, 1905–1908.

842 p.

◆ Jochelson W. I. The Yakut. New York. American Museum of Nat-

ural History, 1933. 225 p.

◆ Bogoraz V. G. The Chukchee. Leiden–New York, E. J. Brill, G. F. Ste-

chert, 1904. 733 p.

◆ Bogoraz V. G. Chukchee Mythology. Leiden–New York, American

Museum of Natural History, 1910. 197 p.

◆ Bogoraz V. G. Material’naya kul’tura chukchei [Chukchee’s Mater-

ial Culture]. Moscow–Leningrad: Nauka, 1991. 223 p.

Also, they actively introduced new scientific principles of ethno-

graphic expositions at MAE, based on the theory of cultural evolution

and typology.One of the first exhibits was Peoples of the Extreme North-

east, with a special section Shamans and Shamanism designed in 1903.

In 1925 a new exposition titled Gallery of Shamans was designed under

Bogoraz’s supervision. It sought to link the forms of Siberian shama-

nism with stages in the evolution of Siberian societies. In 1934 anoth-

er exposition was opened under the title Chukchee Society.

An important achievement of this great triad was the purposeful

training of young specialists in Siberian ethnography. The “Instructive

Courses in Ethnography”sponsored by Sternberg in the 1910s (after the

1917 Revolution, they turned into the Department of Postgraduate

Studies) were the key factor in the origin of a brilliant group of schol-

ars who, one by one, were joining the Department. The latter gained an

official status in 1933.Among the first trainees were S.M.Shirokogorov,

who later became a major specialist in Tunguso-Manchurians, and

B. E. Petrie, who turned to ethnographical studies in the Baikal region.

In later years, the department staff included A. A. Popov, G. D. Ver-

bov (Head of the Department in the late 1930s), V. N. Vasiliev,


© МАЭ РАН


177

G. N. Prokof ’ev, E. D. Prokof ’eva, G. M.Vasilevich, L. E. Karunovskaya,

A. G. Danilin, S.V. Ivanov, N. P. Dyrenkova, N. K. Karger,V.V.Antropo-

va, N. A. Lipskaya, and L. P. Potapov. Some of these were leading fig-

ures and authored important studies in Siberian ethnography.

The main tasks before the new Department were collection of field

ethnographic data on all Siberian peoples and detailed monograph-

ic studies of traditional Siberian cultures. The department staff mem-

bers participated in expeditions by the Committee for the Study of

Tribal Composition of the Population of USSR and by the Commit-

tee for the Study of Yakut ASSR. They worked in Western and Eastern

Siberia, in the Altai, in the Far East, and in Yakutia. Their findings,

based on field materials, most of which are now at the museum

archives, demonstrate that, generally, the tasks mentioned above were

accomplished. The materials collected are extremely valuable in terms

of both level and scope, ranging from the descriptions of economy and

household to a huge corpus of folk tales and shamans’ texts recorded

in native languages — a testimony of high professionalism that in-

cluded linguistic competence.

Most publications of that period are articles that concern various

aspects of Siberian cultures and have retained their importance. The

few monographs which were succeeded to be published in that hard

time are the following:

A. A. Popov (1902–1960) V. N. Vasiliev (1877–1930)

S. V. Ivanov (1895–1986) G. M. Vasilevich (1895–1971)L. P. Potapov (1905–2000)


© МАЭ РАН

178


◆ Vasilevich G. M. Sbornik materialov po evenkiiskomu (tungussko-

mu) fol’kloru [A Collection of Materials on Evenki (Tungus) Folklore]

Leningrad: Izdatel’stvo Instituta narodov Severa, 1936. 290 p.

◆ Shorskii fol’klor [Shorian folklore] / Recordings, translation, intro-

duction and notes by N. P. Dyrenkova / Ed. by I. I. Meschaninov. M.;

L.: AN SSSR, 1940. 448 p.

◆ Popov A. A. Tavgiitsy [The Nganasan] Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo

Akademii Nauk SSSR, 1936. 110 p.

◆ Potapov L. P. Ocherki po istorii Shorii [Essays in the History of Sho-

ria]. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo Akademii Nauk SSSR, 1936. 259 p.

◆ Shirokogoroff S. M. Social Organization of Northern Tungus.

Shanghai, The Commercial Press, 1929. 427 p.

After the war, research activities followed two

directions.First, the study of separate peoples con-

tinued against a wide background of Siberian cul-

tures. Second, large-scale comparative and typo-

logical studies were underway. The former route

led to a number of monographs, the importance

of which lies not only in the description of ethnic

and cultural origins of separate Siberian native

peoples, but in an attempt to make these data

available to peoples themselves (most of them had

no written history of their own) and, notably, to

preserve their national traditions most of which

was being lost.Works by A.A.Popov,L.P.Potapov

(Laureate of the Stalin Award, Head of Depart-

ment in 1946–67), G. M. Vasilevich, I. S. Vdovin

(Head of Department in 1972–77), N. F. Prytko-

va, E. D. Prokof ’eva, V. V. Antropova, E. A. Alek-

seenko, V. P. D’yakonova, Ch. M. Taksami (Head

of Department in 1977–2001) are highly impor-

tant. One of the joint monographs was Peoples of

Siberia in the series Peoples of the World. 1

Since the late 1960s,one of the research foci has

been the analysis of indigenous religions. Results

were integrated in three joint monographs:

1 Narody Sibiri [Peoples of Siberia] /

Ed. by M. G. Levin, L. P. Potatpov.

Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo Akademii

nauk SSSR, 1956. 1083 p.2 Istoriko-etnograpficheskii atlas Sibiri

[Historical and Ethnographical Atlasof Siberia] / Ed. by M. G. Levin and

L. P. Potapov. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-

vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1961. 498 p.3 Odezhda narodov Sibiri: Sbornik sta-

tei [Siberian Clothing: Collected Es-says]. Leningrad: Nauka. 1970. 223 p.4 See: Spisok osnovnykh rabot dokto-

ra istoricheskikh nauk S. V. Ivanova (K

60-letiyu nauchnoi deyatel’nosti) [Bi-bliography of S. V. Ivanov, D.Sc. (onthe occassion of the 60th anniversaryof his scholarly activity)] // Sovetskaya

etnografiya. 1985. No. 2. P. 141–143.5 Trudy Tuvinskoi kompleksnoi arkhe-

ologo-etnograficheskoi ekspeditsii.

1957–1958: Vol. 1. Materialy po arkhe-

ologii i etnografii Zapadnoi Tuvi. [Worksof the Complex Tuvinian Archaeologi-cal and Ethnographical Expedition.1957–58: Vol. 1.Archaeological andethnographical materials from theWestern Tuva]. / Ed. by L. P. Potapov.

Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo Akademii

nauk SSSR, 1960. 317 p.; Vol. 2 Mate-

rialy po etnografii i arkheologii raio-

nov basseina r. Khemchika [Archaeo-logical and ethnographical materialsfrom Khemchik river basin]/ Ed. by

L. P. Potapov. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-

vo Akademii nauk SSSR, 1966. 357 p.;

Vol. 3. Materialy po arkheologii i antro-

pologii mogil’nika Kokel’ [Archaeolo-gy and physical anthropology of theKokel’ burial ground] / Ed. by L. P. Po-

tapov. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo

Akademii nauk SSSR, 1970. 299 p.

◆ Priroda i chelovek v religioznykh predstavleni-

yakh narodov Sibiri i Severa [Nature and Man

in Religious Beliefs of Siberian and Northern Na-

tives] / Ed. by I. S. Vdovin. Leningrad: Nauka,

1976. 333 p.

◆ Problemy istorii obschestvennogo soznaniya

aborigenov Sibiri [Issues in Ideological Histo-


© МАЭ РАН


179

ry of Siberian Aborigines] / Ed. by I. S. Vdovin. Leningrad: Nauka,

1981. 284 p.

◆ Khristianstvo i lamaism u korennogo naseleniya Sibiri [Christian-

ity and Lamaism in the Indigenous Population of Siberia] / Ed. by

I. S. Vdovin. Leningrad: Nauka, 1979. 227 p.

The second research direction resulted in the Historical and Ethno-

graphic Atlas of Siberia2 which contains detailed description,typology,and

analysis of clothing,transportation means,and shamans’drums.It is rich-

ly illustrated, distribution maps of various categories of material culture

are provided, and on the whole the atlas is unique in Russian ethnology.

The joint monograph Siberian Clothing follows the same tradition. 3

A special place in scholarly activities of the Department is taken by those

conducted by S. V. Ivanov, who headed the department in 1967–72. His

monographs and articles are a true encyclopedia of native Siberian art. 4

At the same time, one more direction emerged: a complex archeolog-

ical and ethnographic study of Tuva and the adjoining regions of Mon-

golia. The expedition directed by L. P. Potapov spent nine field seasons in

Tuva. Their tremendous work resulted in a beautifully illustrated three-

volume edition. 5

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

In the last decade the department has published a number of mono-

graphs addressing various Siberian cultures — those of Evenki and

Yakuts in the southern Far East,Khanty,Mansi,Kets,Negidals, and peo-

ples of the eastern Sayan. Ongoing studies in ethnic history are based

on archival sources, museum collections, and published data. Their re-

sults were summarized in two joint monographs:

◆ Sibir’:drevnie etnosy i ikh kul’tury [Siberia: Prehistoric Peoples and their

Cultures] / Ed. by L. R. Pavlinskaya. SPb.: MAE RAN, 1996. 198 p.

◆ Narody Sibiri v sostave Gosudarstva Rossiiskogo [Peoples of Siberia

within the Russian Empire] / Ed. by L. R. Pavlinskaya. SPb.: Evropei-

skii Dom, 1999. 360 p.

◆ Sibir’ na rubezhe tysyascheletii: Traditsionnaya kul’tura v kontek-

ste sovremennykh ekonomicheskikh, sotsial’nykh i etnicheskikh

protsessov [Siberia at the turn of the millenniums: Traditional cul-

ture in the context of modern economic, social and ethnic processes].

SPb., 2005.

◆ Reki i narody Sibiri [Siberian Rivers and Peoples] / Ed. by L. R. Pav-

linskaya. SPb.: Nauka, 2007. 280 p.


© МАЭ РАН

180


◆ Mifologiya smerti: Struktura, funktsiya i semantika pogrebal’nogo

obryada narodov Sibiri. Etnograficheskie ocherki [Mythology of

Death: Structure, Function and Semantics of the Burial Ritual of

Siberian Peoples: Ethnographic essays] / Ed. by L. R. Pavlinskaya.

SPb., Nauka, 2007. 278 p.

A recent trend in the department’s activities is a focus on more

general issues of culture such as placing Siberian materials in the

Eurasian context, in fact in the context of the entire Old World. The

work began with the sponsoring of large nation-wide conferences, the

proceedings of which have been published: Priroda i tsivilizatsiya: re-

ki i kul’tury [Nature and Civilization: Rivers and Cultures] (1997); Et-

nos, landshaft, kul’tura [People, Landscape, Culture] (2000); Lev Niko-

laevich Gumilev. Teoriya etnogeneza i istoricheskie sud’by Evrazii [Lev

Nikolaevich Gumilev. The Theory of Ethnic Origins and the Historical

Destinies of Eurasia] (2002). 6 One of the results was a collection of pa-

pers 7 written by members of several departments of MAE.

In 2005 the Department of Siberia began to real-

ize the all-museum research and publishing proj-

ect titled “Kunstkamera–Archive”.

Within this project, publication of works by

N. P. Dyrenkova, a famous specialist in the lan-

guage and culture of the Sayan-Altai region, was

prepared by the Department, in cooperation with

the Institute of the Orient (Istanbul, Turkey),

Humboldt Institute (Berlin, Germany), and the

Institute of Turkic Studies (Gotha,Germany).This

publication consists of two volumes.Volume 1 (a

collection of articles “Tyrki Sayano-Altaya. Stat’i

i etnograficheskie materially” [The Turks of the

Sayan-Altai Region.Articles and ethnographic ma-

terials]) will be published in 2009, and is dedicat-

ed to the scholar’s 110th anniversary.Volume 2 is

titled “Shorskii geroicheskii epos” [Shorian Hero-

ic Epos]. The purpose of this publication is to in-

troduce N. P. Dyrenkova’s research of the tradi-

tional spiritual culture of the Turks of the Sayan-

Altai region, as well as the collection of epic texts

recorded by her in the 1920s–1930s in the native

languages, into scientific circulation.

In 2009–11 the Department plans to prepare for

publication works authored by outstanding

6 Priroda i tsivilizatsiya: Reki i kul’tu-

ry: Materialy konf., posv. 100-letoyu

vykhoda v svet 1-go rus. izd. knigi vy-

dayuschegosya uchenogo L. I. Mech-

nikova “Tsivilizatsiya i velikie istorich-

eskie reki” [Nature and Civilization:Rivers and Cultures. Proceedings ofthe Conference Marking the Cente-nary of Leo Mechnikov’s Book ‘Civi-lization and the Great Rivers’]. SPb.:

Evropeiskii Dom, 1997. 271 p.; Etnos,

landshaft, kul’tura: Materialy konf.

[Ethnic Group, Landscape, Culture:Proceedings of the Conference] / Ed.

by L. R. Pavlinskaya. SPb.: Evropeiskii

Dom, 1999. 308 p.; Lev Nikolaevich

Gumilev. Teoriya etnogeneza i istori-

cheskie sud’by Evrazii: Materialy

konf., posv. 90-letiyu so dnya rozh-

deniya vydayuschegosya evraziitsa

XX v. L. N. Gumileva [Lev NikolaevichGumilev. Theory of Ethnic Origins andHistorical Destinies of Eurasia: Pro-ceedings of the Conference Dedicatedto the 90th Anniversary of L. N. Gumi-lev, the Great Eurasian of the 20thCentury] / Ed. by Yu. Yu. Shevchenko.

SPb.: Evropeiskii Dom, 2002. Vol. 1.

271 p.; Vol. 2. 225 p.7 Evraziya: Etnos, landshaft, kul’tura

[Eurasia: People, Landscape, Culture]

/ Ed. by L. R. Pavlinskaya. SPb.:

Evropeiskii Dom, 2001, 409 p.


© МАЭ РАН


181

ethnographers:A.V.Anokhin (“Dukhi teleutskogo shamanstva” [Spir-

its of Teleut Shamanism]), I. M. Suslov (“Materialy po shamanizmu u

evenkov basseina reki Enisei” [Materials on shamanism of the Evenk

people of the Yenisei River basin]),A.A. Popov (“Religioznye vozzreniya

dolgan” [Religious beliefs of the Dolgans]), G. N. and E. D. Prokof ’ev

(field materials on the traditional culture of the Selkup and Evenk

people, the Russian-Selkup and the Selkup-Russian dictionaries, as

well as a book on Tuvan ethnography), and G. D.Verbov (materials on

the language and traditional culture of the forest Nenets people).

All these projects are realized in cooperation with other institu-

tions of the Academy of Sciences, and higher education institutions

of Russia.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Pavlinskaya Larisa, Head of Department, Cand.Sc. (ethnic and cultur-

al origins of southern and southeastern Siberian natives).

Taksami Chuner, Chief Researcher, D.Sc. (material culture and ideol-

ogy of the Amur natives).

Alekseenko Evgeniya, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (material culture

and ideology of Central Siberian natives).

Dyachenko Vladimir, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (material culture

and ethnic history of the natives of North-Central Siberia).

Ermolova Nadezhda, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (material culture,

ideology, and ethnic history of the Tungus-speaking peoples of

Siberia).

Fedorova Elena, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (material culture, ideol-

ogy, and ethnic history of the Ob Ugrians).

Rykin Pavel, Research Assistant, Cand.Sc. (culture and ethnic history

of Mongolian-speaking peoples of Siberia).

Arzyutov Dmitry, Junior Researcher,Cand.Sc. (social and cultural prac-

tices of the Altai Turks).

Grachev Igor, Junior Researcher (archaeology and ethnography of

Khakassia)

Stepanova Ol’ga, Research Assistant (material culture and ideology of

the Samoyeds).

Torgoev Asan, Research Assistant (culture and ethnic history of the

Southern Siberian Turks).


© МАЭ РАН

182



The most important works published by department staff members in

the recent years are the following:

◆ Alekseenko E. A. Kety [Kets]. SPb.: Nauka. 1999. 111 p.

◆ Alekseenko E. A. U istokov etnografii ketov: V. I. Anuchin [At the sources of Ket

ethnography: V. I. Anuchin] // Problemy istorii, filologii, kul’tury. Moscow; Mag-

nitogorsk, 2000. P. 396–400.

◆ Alekseenko E.A.Landshaft i ku’ltura narodov Eniseiskogo Severa [Landscape and

culture in the Northern Yenisei natives] // Evraziya. Etnos. Landshaft. Kul’tura.

SPb., 2001. P. 101–149.

◆ Alekseenko E. A. Mify, predaniya, skazki ketov [Myths, Legends, and Tales of the

Kets]. M.: Vostochnaya literatura, 2001. 337 p.

◆ Alekseenko E. A. Rechnoi component v kul’ture narodov Eniseiskogo basseina

[River component in the culture of the peoples of the Yenisei River Basin] // Reki i

narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007. P. 55–86.

◆ Arzyutov D.V.Gorno-taezhnye shortsy: etnokonfessional’nye protsessy v XXI ve-

ke [Mountain-taiga Shorians: ethno-religious processes in the 21st century] // Sibir’

na rubezhe tysyacheletii: Traditsionnaya kul’tura v kontekste sovermennykh eko-

nomicheskikh, sotsial’nykh i etnicheskikh protsessov. SPb., 2005. P. 129–143.

◆ Arzyutov D.V., Kimeev V. M. Sovremennye etnokul’turnye protsessy v shorskom

uluse Ust’-Anzas [Modern ethno-cultural processes in the Shorian ulus of Ust’-An-

zas] // Kul’turnoe nasledie narodov Sibiri i Severa: Materialy Shestykh Sibitskikh

chtenii, St. Petersburg, October 27–29, 2004. SPb., 2005. P. 322–330.

◆ Arzyutov D. V. Altaiskie missionery: rol’ lichnosti v istorii traditsionnykh soob-

schestv [Altai missionaries: the role of personalities in the history of the tradition-

al societies] // Radlovskii sbornik. Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proejt

MAE RAN v 2007 g. SPb., 2008. P. 19–29.

◆ Dyachenko V. I. Taimyr kak odin iz ochagov etnogeneza v severnoi Azii [Taimyr

as one of the foci of ethnic processes in North Asia] // L. N. Gumilev. Teoriya etno-

geneza i istoricheskie sud’by Evrazii: Materialy konferentsii. SPb., 2002. Vol. II.

P. 106–110.

◆ Dyachenko V. I. Okhotniki vysokukh shirot. Dolagny i severnye yakuty [Hunters

of northern latitudes. Dolgans and northern Yakuts]. SPb.: Evropeiskii dom,

2005.

◆ Dyachenko V .I. Reki i okhota na dikogo severnogo olenya [The rivers and wild

reindeer hunt] // Reki i narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007. P. 237–280.

◆ Ermolova N.V.Prirodnoe i istoriko-kul’turnoe prostranstvo evenkiiskogo etnosa

[Natural, historic, and cultural environment of the Evenki] // Evraziya: etnos, land-

shaft, kul’tura. SPb., 2001. P. 150–196.

◆ Ermolova N.V. Taezhnoe olenevodstvo i sud’ba evenkiiskogo etnosa [Taiga rein-

deer breeding and the destiny of the Evenki] // Radlovskie chteniya–2002: Mate-

rialy godichnoi nauchnoi sessii MAE RAN. SPb., 2002. P. 29–32.


© МАЭ РАН


183

◆ Ermolova N. V. Evenki Reindeer Herding: A History // Cultural Survival. Spring

2003. Vol. 27. Cambridge. 2003. C. 23–24.

◆ Ermolova N. V. G. M. Vasilevich kak etnograf-tungusoved [G. M. Vasilevich as a

specialist in Tungus ethnography] // Repressirovannye etnografy.Vol. 2. M., 2003.

P. 10–46.

◆ Ermolova N.V. Poyasa u narodov Severnoi Sibiri i Dal’nego Vostoka [Belts of the

peoples of Northern Siberia and the Far East] // Ukrasheniya narodov Sibiri. SPb.,

2005. P. 170–301. (MAE Collections, Vol. LI).

◆ Ermolova N.V. Sovremennoe etnosotsial’noe razvitie Evenkiiskogo avtonomno-

go okruga: uspekhi,problemy, tendentsii [Modern ethno-social developemtn of the

Evenkiysky District: achievements, problems, tendencies] // Sibir’ na rubezhe tysy-

acheletii: Traditsionnaya kul’tura v kontekste sovremennykh ekonomicheskikh,

sotsial’nykh i etnicheskikh protsessov. SPb., 2005. P. 66–91.

◆ Ermolova N.V. Reka v trekh mirakh evenkiiskoi Vselennoi [The River in the three

worlds of the Evenk Universe] // Reki i narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007. P. 87–127.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Kochevniki golubykh gor (sud’ba traditsionnoi kul’tury naro-

dov Vostochnykh Sayan v kontekste vzyaimodeistviya s sovremennost’yu) [No-

mads of the Blue Mountains (the Impact of Modernity on the Traditional Culture

of Eastern Sayan)]. SPb.: Evropeiskii Dom, 2002. 260 p.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. L. N. Gumilev. Teoriya etnogeneza i istoricheskie sud’by Evrazii

[L. N. Gumilev. The theory of ethnic origins and historical destinies of Eurasia] //

Vestnik RGNF. 2002. No. 4. P. 284–288.

◆ Pavlinskaya L.R.Okinskii aimak Respubliki Buryatiya v proshlom,nastoyaschem

i buduschem [Okinskii Aimak of the Republic of Buryatiya in the past, present and

future] // Sibir’ na rubezhe tysyacheletii: Traditsionnaya kul’tura v kontekste so-

vremennykh ekonomicheskikh, sotsial’nykh i etnicheskikh protsessov.SPb.,2005.

P. 152–151.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Nabornye poyasa v kul’turakh Sibiri serediny XIX — nachala

XX v. [Composite belts in the Siberian cultures of mid 19th — early 20th centu-

ries] // Ukrasheniya narodov Sibiri. SPb., 2005. P. 302–341. (MAE Collections,

Vol. LI).

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Reki Sibiri [Siberian Rivers] // Reki i narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007.

P. 18–55.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Buryaty. Ocherki etnicheskoi istorii (XVII–XIX vv.) [The Bury-

at. Essays on ethnic history (17th–19th centuries)]. SPb.: Evropeiskii dom. 2008.

256 p.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Reindeer Herding in Eastern Sayan. The Story of the Soyot //

Cultural Survival. USA, Cambridge, 2003. P. 45–47.

◆ Pavlinskaya L. R. Cultural Regions in Siberian Shamanism// Shamanhood Sym-

bolism and Epic. Akademiai Kiado, Budapest. 2001. V. 9. C. 41–49.

◆ Rykin P. O. Sozdanie mongol’skoi identichnosti: termin “mongol” v epokhu

Chingiskhana [Origin of Mongol Identity: The term ‘Mongol’ in the age of Tengiz

Khan] // Vestnik Evrazii. 2002. Vol. 1 (16). P. 48–84.

◆ Rykin P. O. Mongol’skaya kontseptsiya rodstva kak factor otnoshenii s russkimi

knyaz’yami: sotsial’nye praktiki i kul’turnyi kontekst [Mongol concept of kinship


© МАЭ РАН

184


as a factor of relationships with the Russian princes: Social practices and cultural

context] // Mongolica–VI: Collection of Essays. SPb., 2003. P. 28–38.

◆ Rykin P. O. Mongol’skaya srednevekovaya kontseptsiya obschestva: nekotorye

klyuchevye ponyatiya (po materialam “Tainoi istorii mongolov” i drugikh sred-

nemongol’skikh tekstov) [Medieval Mongol view of society: Certain key notions

(based on the Secret History of the Mongols and other Middle-Mongolian texts)]:

Avtoref. dis. … kand. ist. nauk. SPb., 2004. 22 p.

◆ Rykin P.O.Sotsial’naya gruppa i ee nazvanie v srednemongol’skom yazyke: pony-

atiya irgen i oboq [Social group and its name in Middle-Mongolian: The terms

‘irgen’ and ‘oboq’] // Antropologicheskii forum. 2004. No. 1. P. 179–209.

◆ Stepanova O. V. Sovremennoe polozhenie korennykh malochislennykh nar-

odov Severa v Krasnosel’kupskom raione Yamalo-Nenetskogo Avtonomno-

go Okruga [Modern situation of the minor indigenous peoples of the North in

the Krasnoselkupskii district of the Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Region] // Sibir’

na rubezhe tysyascheletii: Traditsionnaya kul’tura v kontekste sovremennykh

ekonomicheskikh, sotsial’nykh i etnicheskikh protsessov. SPb., 2005.

P. 30–65.

◆ Stepanova O. B. Mifologicheskii obraz materi-dereva v traditsionnom mirovoz-

zrenii sel’kupov [Mythological image of the mother-tree in the traditional world-

outlook of the Selkup] // Arkheologiya, etnografiya i antropologiya Evrazii. 2007.

3 (31).

◆ Stepanova O. B. Traditsionnoe mirovozzrenie sel’kupov: predstavleniya o kru-

govorote zhizni i dushe [Traditional Selkup world-outlook: concepts of the life cy-

cle and soul] // SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie, 2008.

◆ Taksami Ch. M. Vvedenie v paleoaziatovedenie [Introduction to Paleo-Asiatic

Studies]. SPb.: RGPU im. A. I. Herzena, 2002. 23 p.

◆ Taksami Ch. M. Goncharov S. A., Nabok I. L., Petrov A. A. Severovedenie v Her-

zenovskom universitete [Northern Studies at Herzen University]. SPb.: RGPU im.

A. I. Herzena, 2003. 160 p.

◆ Taksami Ch. M., Levchenko V. F., Chernikova S. A., Slavitsenko D. A. Problemy

razvitiya korennykh narodov Severa: Etnoekologichsekii podkhod [Problems in

the Development of the Indigenous Peoples of the North: An Ethno-Ecological Ap-

proach]. SPbGU, 2003. 109 p.

◆ Torgoev A. I. K voprosu o kul’turnykh svyazyakh Semirech’ya v srednevekov’e

[On cultural ties of the Dzhetysu during the Middle Ages] // Dialog Tsivilizatsii:

Mat. Mezhd. Nauch. Konf. Bishkek, 2003. Vol. II. P. 132–133.

◆ Torgoev A. I. K periodizatsii naremennykh ukrashenii Semirech’ya [On the rel-

ative chronology of Dzhetysu belt ornaments] // Dialog Tsivilizatsii: Mat. Mezhd.

Nauch. Konf. Bishkek, 2003. Vol. II. P. 134–135.

◆ Torgoev A. I. K interpretatsii mogil’nika Uch-At [On the interpretation of Uch-

At burial-ground] // Arkheologicheskie vesti. SPb., 2003. Vol. 10. P. 104–107.

◆ Torgoev A. I. O khronologii naremennykh ukrashenii Semirech’ya [On the

chronology of Dzhetysu belt ornaments] // Stepi Evrazii v drevnosti i srednevekov’e:

Materialy mezhdunarodnoi konferentsii posvyaschennoi 100-letiyu M.P.Gryaz-

nova. SPb., 2003. Vol. II. P. 285–289.


© МАЭ РАН


185

◆ Torgoev A. I.,Kisel’V.A.Traditsii i sovremennost’ v pogrebal’nom obryade yuzh-

nykh tuvintsev [Traditions and modernity in southern Tuvinian burial rite] // Rad-

lovskie chteniya–2004. SPb., 2004. P. 17–20.

◆ Fedorova E.G.Rybolovy i okhotniki basseina Obi: Problemy formirovaniya kul’-

tury khantov i mansi [Fishermen and Hunters of the Ob Basin: Problems of Khan-

ty and Mansi Cultural Origins]. SPb.: Evropeiskii Dom. 2000. 368 p.

◆ Fedorova E. G. Esche raz o netipichnykh elementakh kul’tury okhotnikov i rybo-

lovov taigi (na materiale obskikh ugrov) [More on atypical elements in the cul-

ture of taiga hunters and fishermen: The case of the Ob Ugrians] // Evraziya: et-

nos, landshaft, kul’tura. SPb., 2001. P. 84–100.

◆ Fedorova E.G.Problemy etnogeneza i etnicheskoi istorii obskikh ugrov v trudakh

otechestvennykh arkheologov i etnografov vtoroi poloviny XX veka [Problems

in origins and ethnic history of the Ob Ugrians in the works of Russian archeolo-

gists and ethnographers (second half of the 20th century)] // Rossiiskaya nauka o

cheloveke: vchera, segodnya, zavtra. SPb., 2003. P. 109–116.

◆ Fedorova E. G. Ukrasheniya verkhnei plechvoi odezhdy narodov Sibiri (narody

Priamur’ya, Primor’ya, Sakhalina, dolgany, yakuty, narody Yuzhnoi Sibiri) [Dec-

orations of shoulder outwear of the Siberian peoples (peoples of the Amur River Re-

gion, Primorye, Sakhalin, the Dolgans, the Yakuts, peoples of Southern Siberia)] //

Ukrasheniya narodov Sibiri. 2005. P. 120–169. (MAE Collections. Vol. LI).

◆ Fedorova E.G.Mansi [Mansi] // Narody Zapadnoi Sibiri: Khanty.Mansi.Sel’kupy.

Nentsy. Entsy. Nganasany. Kety. M.: Nauka, 2005. P. 119–211 (together with

G. A. Aksyanova, Z. P. Sokolova), 220–232, 233–258, 289–291, 298–303.

◆ Fedorova E. G. Reka v pogrebal’noi obryadnosti narodov Sibiti [The river in bur-

ial rituals of the Siberian peoples] // Reki i narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007. P. 216–237.

◆ Khasanova M. M. Negidal’skaya kollektsiya L. J. Sternberga v sobraniyakh MAE

[L. J. Sternberg’s Negidal collection at MAE] // 285 let Petrovskoi Kunstkamere:

Materialy itogovoi nauchnoi konferentsii MAE RAN, posvayschennoi 285-letiyu

Kusntkamery. SPb., 2000. P. 85–97. (Sbornik MAE, Vol. XLVIII).

◆ Khasanova M.M.Problema kontaktov naseleniya Nizhnego Amura i Severo-Vos-

tochnogo Kitaya [On contacts between populations of the Lower Amur and North-

east China] // Evraziya. Etnos. Lanshaft. Kul’tura. SPb., 2001, P. 280–325.

◆ Khasanova M. M., Pevnov A. M. Negidal’skii yazyk [Negidal language] // Yazyki

narodov Rossii. Krasnaya kniga. M., 2002. P. 128–132.

◆ Khasanova M. M. Reka v mirovozzrenii narodov Nizhnego Amura (k promleme

kul’turogeneza) [The river in the world-outlook of the peoples of the lower Amur

River (to the problem of cultural genesis)] // Reki i narody Sibiri. SPb., 2007.

P. 182–216.

◆ Khasanova M. M. The Lower Amur languages in contact with Russian // Lan-

guages in Contact. Rodopi, Amsterdam–Atlanta, GA. 2000. P. 179–185.

◆ Khasanova M. M., Pevnov A. M. Mify i skazki negidal’tsev [Myths and Tales of

the Negidals]. Osaka, 2003. 297 p.


© МАЭ РАН

186


EXPEDITIONS

Field work has always been among the department’s priorities.Vast ma-

terials collected by the staff members in the field relate to one of the

most complicated periods in Russian history and are an important

source for the study of ethno-cultural and social processes occurring

in Siberia.

Lately, the department has been working on the theme Siberia at the

Turn of the Millennium: Traditional Culture in the Context of Modern

Economic, Social, and Ethnic Processes.This theme is part of the sub-pro-

gram “Historical-cultural evolution, modern situation and develop-

ment prospects of the indigenous minor peoples of the North, Siberia

and the Far East” of the Program of the Presidium of RAS “Ethno-cul-

tural interaction in Eurasia”. Under this project, nine expeditions were

sent to the Mansi, Sel’kups, Evenki, Dolgans, Buryats, Soyots, Trans-

baikalian Russians, and Tuvinians.

Khanty-Mansi Autonomous Region. Since 1976 E. G. Fedorova

has carried out ethnographic research of the Khanty and Mansi cul-

ture. She has also described the unknown aspects of culture and life of

Ob’ Ugrs. Basing on field material, a through study of their material

culture and economy was carried out, which laid the basis for two

monographs and numerous articles and presentations.

Taimyr. Since 1981 V. I. Dyachenko has been studying the indige-

nous population of Taimyr. His field research primarily focuses on the

economy and material culture of the Dolgans and northern Yakuts.

Yamal. D. V. Arzyutov is studying the modern protestant move-

ment in Yamal (together with T.A.Vagramenko and M.V. Solonenko).

Yamalo-Nenetsky Autonomous Region. O. B. Stepanova has made

a number of expeditions to the Krasnoselkupsky district of the Yama-

lo-Nenetsky Autonomous Region, in the course of which vast materi-

al was collected on Selkut traditional world outlook, which formed the

basis for the candidate dissertation and a monograph that was pub-

lished in 2008.

Evenki Autonomous Are. Modern culture of Tungus-speaking

population of Central and Eastern Siberia falls into the sphere of in-

terests of N. V. Ermolova, who has carried out expeditions to different

regions populated by the Evenki people. As a result of her studies, nu-

merous articles have been written, and presentations have been made

on various conferences.

Khakassia and the south of Krasnoyarsk oblast’. Archaeological

and ethnographical expeditions in Krasnoyarsk oblast’ and the Re-

public of Khakassia are carried out under the direction of I. A. Gra-

chev. In Krasnoyarsk oblast’ the research focuses in Northern Angara


© МАЭ РАН


187

River district, where the culture of the local Russian population is

studies, and archaeological and ethnographical objects are collected.

In Khakassia the valley of the Kamyshta River is studied. This proj-

ect is realized in cooperation with the Khakassia National Museum

named after L. R. Kyzlasov and the State Hermitage. Of special interest

are scientific problems that lie on the junction of archaeology and

ethnography.

Altai. Field research of the Altai Turks is carried out by D.V.Arzyu-

tov. The geography of his trips includes Mountain Shoria, Northern

and Southern Altai. At present, he is managing a project aimed at the

study of modern Burkhanism on the territory of Altai (together with

V. A. Kisel’ and N. A. Tadina). This research is supported by the Pro-

gram for Fundamental Research of the Presidium of the Russian Acad-

emy of Sciences.

Buryatia. L. R. Pavlinskaya has been carrying out a field research in

Buryatia since 1980. Her expeditions encompass a large part of its ter-

ritory, including the Ust’-Ordynsky Autonomous Buryat Region and

the Aginsky steppes and the Eastern Sayans. Her research has resulted

in a number of articles and a monograph titled Nomads of the Blue

Mountains, dedicated to the modern state of culture of the Okinsky

aimak.

Tuva. A. I. Torgoev and V. A. Kisel’, the Curator of the Siberian de-

positories of the MAE, for many years have been carrying out archae-

ological and ethnographical researches in the Republic of Tuva. They

study the traditional culture of the autochthonic population (from the

1st millennium AD to modern times). This research has resulted in a

monograph about modern burial rituals of the Tuva people authored

by V. A. Kisel’.

Mongolia. A number of expeditions to Mongolia has been organ-

ized by P. O. Rykin. He focuses on the study of literary monuments of

the Mid-Mongolian and Pre-Classical Mongolian languages on the

territory of Mongolia, and the analysis of ethno-linguistic situation

in Central Asia and the adjoining regions. In a number of his re-

searches he cooperates with scholars from the Mongolian Academy of

Sciences.

Northern France. V. I. Dyachenko continues his field research as a

permanent participant of the international archaeological expedition

excavating the Palaeolithic cave in Arcy-sur-Cure (Yonne Department,

Bourgogne, France). He has participated in the excavations of the Bi-

son grotto since 1996, when the expedition was established under the

direction of Francine David — a student and colleague of the famous

French archaeologist Arlette Leroi-Gourham. In 2008 half of the up-

per jaw and several teeth that belonged to three persons (Neanderthal)

were found. These findings of ancient human remains (supposedly,

80 thousand years old) are of exceptional scientific value.


© МАЭ РАН

188


CONFERENCES

Since 1988 the Department has held “Siberian Lectures” — a confer-

ence held once in three years. The materials of these conferences have

been published more than once:

◆ Kul’tura narodov Sibiri: Materialy Tret’ikh Sibirskikh chtenii [Cul-

ture of Siberian Peoples: Materials of the Third Siberian Lectures] /

Ed. by E. G. Fedorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 1997. 288 p.

◆ Kul’turnoe nasledie narodov Sibiri i Severa: Materialy Chetvertykh

Sibirskikh chtenii [Cultural Heritage of the Peoples of Siberia and the

North: Materials of the Fourth Siberian Lectures] October 12–14,

1998, St. Petersburg. / Ed. by E. G. Fedorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2000.

336 p.

◆ Kul’turnoe nasledie narodov Sibiri i Severa: Materialy Pyatykh Si-

birskikh chtenii [Cultural Heritage of the Peoples of Siberia and the

North: Materials of the Fifth Siberian Lectures] October 17–19, 2001,

St. Petersburg. / Ed. by E. G. Fedorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2004. Vol. 1.

236 p.

◆ Kul’turnoe nasledie narodov Sibiri i Severa: Materialy Pyatykh Si-


North: Materials of the Fifth Siberian Lectures] October 17–19, 2001,

St. Petersburg. / Ed. by E. G. Fedorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2004. Vol. 2.

252 p.

◆ Kul’turnoe nasledie narodov Sibiri i Severa: Materialy Shestykh Si-


North: Materials of the Sixth Siberian Lectures] October 27–29,2004,

St. Petersburg. / Ed. by E. G. Fedorova. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2005. 340 p.

COLLECTIONS

The museum’s Siberian materials deservedly rank among world’s best

ethnographical collections representing traditional cultures of North

Asia. The total number of collections is 747, totaling over 29 thousand

specimens which reflect various aspects of life and generate images of

each of the 42 indigenous Siberian cultures.

The Siberian collection began to form at the earliest stage of St. Pe-

tersburg Kunstkamera. From its first years on, separate Siberian arti-

facts were exhibited. By 1747, Siberian collections had already con-

tained more than 200 items, mostly costumes, utensils, and articles of

the shaman cult. Many of them were apparently received from the par-


© МАЭ РАН


189

ticipants of the “Great Northern Expedition”

(1732–42),primarily from Professor Gerhard Fri-

edrich Miller, Stepan Petrovich Krasheninnikov

and Jacob Lindenau. Unfortunately, this earliest

Siberian collection perished during the 1747 fire,

but the appearance of separate specimens has

been preserved in drawings, which at that time

were made from nearly every artifact received by the museum (these

drawings are housed at St. Petersburg Branch of the Russian Academy

of Sciences Archives and have recently been published 9).

The destroyed Siberian specimens began to be replaced by new ones

as early as 1748 when G. F. Miller returned from his expedition. Espe-

cially important among the things brought by him are archaeological

finds (in situ and surface) from South Siberia, as well as Kalmyk and

Mongolian household and ritual objects. By 1768 the Siberian collec-

tion of Kunstkamera was considerably replenished due to the require-

ment of the Academic Chancellery. This followed the Senate’s Order

to Siberia Governor Count Samoilov dated September 3rd, 1761, con-

cerning the acquisition of collections for the Museum. Most of these

8 Kistemaker R. E., Kopaneva N. P.,

Meyers D. I., Vilinbakhov G. V. “Nari-

sovannyi musei” Peterburgskoi

Akademii Nauk. 1725–1760 [‘PaintedMuseum’ of St. Petersburg Academyof Sciences. 1725–60]. Vol. 1–2. SPb.:

Evropeiskii Dom. 2003–04.

Women’s festive sledge.

Kamchadals. Kamchatka.

18th century.

Wood, leather, bone

Mask of the genius loci.

Evenki. Trans-Baikal

region (?) 18th century.

Copper


© МАЭ РАН

190


items were lost for some reason, likely because they were fur clothes,

which rapidly perished under the storage conditions of that time. Oth-

er reasons, too, must have been involved. One was the poor documen-

tation of museum exhibits in the 18th century. Possibly part of these

collections (over 100 items) had been preserved and was later includ-

ed among the so-called “collections of unknown provenance” or “old

collections of the Kunstkamera”.

A new stage of rapid growth of Siberian materials is related to Rus-

sian circumnavigations of the early 1800s, marking an epoch in Rus-

sian ethnography. Cultures of the Pacific coast of Siberia were poorly

represented in 18th century collections. In the early 1830s the Kunst-

kamera acquired items related to the indigenous cultures of Chukot-

Shaman’s costume.

Evenki. Turukhansk

Region. Mid-19th century.

Rovduga (deerskin), iron

Men’s winter clothing —

parka. Khants.

Western Siberia, the Ob’

basin. Late 1800s.

Deerskin, patchwork

Ritual vessel with

attached bears’

bacula (penis bones)

which served as

amulets during

difficult childbirths

and cured sterility.

Udyge. Primorye,

the Samargi River.

Late 1800s.

Birchbark, paint,

appliqué


© МАЭ РАН


191

ka and Kamchatka and were collected by members of the 1826–29 ex-

pedition on a military sloop “Senyavin” commanded of F. P. Lütke —

one of those expeditions whose primary task was to explore the entire

Bering Sea coast and to study indigenous economy and culture.

In the mid-1800s, the Siberian Pacific materials were augmented

thanks to those assembled in Chukotka and Kamchatka by Lieutenant

L.A.Zagoskin of the Russian-American company.At the same time the

Museum received artifacts made by paleo-Asiatic natives, acquired by

one of the best-known researchers of Russian America and the Far East

I. G.Voznesenskii on his decade-long expeditions to these remote out-

skirts of the Russian Empire (1839–49). Specimens collected by these

researchers, 256 in number, are distributed among four collections.

Breast decoration —

grivna. Yakuts.

Yakutia, Olenek District.

Late 19th — early 20th

centuries. Silver, casting,

engraving

At that time (1845–49), the Finnish linguist and ethnographer

Matthias Alexander CastrОn worked among Ugrian and Samoyed peo-

ples of Western Siberia. While doing linguistic research, he purpose-

fully acquired ethnographic collections related to Khants, Mansi, and

Sel’kups. The Yakut collections were replenished by the naturalist

Alexander Fedorovich Middendorf during his lengthy botanical expe-

dition to Eastern Siberia (1843–44).


© МАЭ РАН

192


The second half of the 19th century and the early 1900s were

marked by an upsurge of Siberian ethnography. Goal-oriented col-

lecting activities resulted in more than 20,000 new exhibits, turning the

Siberian collection of MAE into world’s largest.

Among the collectors was a brilliant constellation of Russian ethno-

graphers whose research was largely based on field studies: Acade-

mician L. I. Schrenk, N. L. Gondatti, L. J. Sternberg, V. G. Bogoraz,

D.A. Klementz, A. V. Adrianov, V. I. Anuchin, A. V. Anokhin, K. M. Ry-

Yukaghirs. Northeastern

Siberia. 1895–96. Materials

of Sibiryakov’s expedition.

Photo by W. I. Jochelson

Yakut women in old

festive costumes. Yakutia. 1903.

Donated by A. I. Gromova

Migrating Evens.

Northeastern

Siberia. 1895–96.

Materials of

Sibiryakov’s

expedition.

Photo by

W. I. Jochelson


© МАЭ РАН


193

chkov, W. I. Jochelson,V. K.Arsen’ev, B. O. Pilsudskii,V. L. Sieroszewsky,

E.K.Pekarskii,V. N.Vasiliev, S. M. Shirokogorov, B. E. Petrie and many

others. Apart from having formed the bulk of the museum’s Siberian

collections, they elaborated the methodology of collecting and regis-

tering ethnographic specimens. Materials assembled by them reflect

various aspects of traditional culture and reveal the diversity of its

forms. They often include whole series of artifacts of the same cate-

gory belonging to different local subdivisions within the single eth-

nic group, which makes them a unique source for a comparative study

of cultural phenomena and for the analysis of ethnic and cultural

processes in Siberia. Besides, these exhibits are provided with docu-

ments which contain detailed data on their purpose and function in

culture, and their attribution with regard to ethnic group, local group,

and clan. During that period, the department’s first photographic col-

lections were formed.

The 1920s and 1930s were no less fruitful. In line with the tradition

laid down by their teachers, ethnographers of the new generation be-

gan to acquire Siberian ethnographic collections, filling up numerous

remaining gaps. Especially valuable are materials acquired by A. A. Po-

pov, L. E. Karunovskaya and A. G. Danilin, N. P. Dyrenkova, E. D. and

G.N.Prokof ’ev,N.K.Karger and I. I.Koz’-

minskii, V. N. Chernetsov, G. M. Vasile-

vich, Yu. A. Kreinovich, and N. F. Prytko-

va, all of whom were associated with the

Department of Siberia in various years. In

the 1950s–1980s new materials were re-

ceived from department staff members

such as L.P.Potapov,I.S.Vdovin,E.A.Alek-

seenko, V. P. D’yakonova, L. V. Khomich,

G. N. Gracheva, Ch. M. Taksami, E. G. Fe-

dorova, V. A. Kisel’, and L. R. Pavlinskaya.

In the last decade, the growth rate of

Siberian collections has slowed down dra-

matically, due, firstly, to the gradual dis-

appearance of items of traditional culture,

and secondly, to the emergence of local

museums actively engaged in collecting

activities. Consequently, the task before

the present generation of staff members is

to study the rich cultural heritage of Siber-

ian natives using whatever has been col-

lected by travelers and scholars in the past

two centuries.

Shaman. Tungus, northern

Yakutia. 1931. Collected by

the Academy of Sciences

Expedition for the Study of

Yakut ASSR


© МАЭ РАН

194


The following catalogues of the department’s collections have been

published:

◆ Klyueva N. I., Mikhailova E. A. Katalog s’emnykh ukrashenii naro-

dov Sibiri [Catalogue of Siberian portable ornaments] // Material’-

naya i dukhovnaya kul’tura narodov Sibiri. Leningrad, 1988. P. 195–

208. (Sbornik MAE, Vol. XLII).

◆ Malygina A. A. Katalog kukol-igrushek narodov Sibiri (po kollekt-

siyam MAE) [Catalogue of Siberian toy dolls in the collections of

MAE] // Material’naya i dukhovnaya kul’tura narodov Sibiri.Lenin-

grad, 1988. P. 188–194. (Sbornik MAE, Vol. XLII).

◆ Taksami Ch. M., Ogikhara Sh. Ainskie kollektsii Museya antropo-

logii i etnografii im. Petra Velikogo (Kunstkamera) Rossiiskoi Aka-

demii nauk: Katalog [Ainu Collections of Peter the Great Museum of

Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera): A Catalogue].Tokyo,

1998. 204 p. (in Japanese, Russian and English).

◆ Fedorova E. G. Mansi v fondakh MAE: Katalog kollektsii [A Cata-

logue of Mansi collections of MAE] // Kurier Petrovskoi Kunstkamery.

SPb, 1995, Vol. 2–3. P. 252–264.

◆ Dyakonova V. P., Klyueva N. I. Etnograficheskie kollektsii 1930-h

godov po altaitsam i khakasam v sobranie MAE [Ethnographical col-

lections on the Altai and Khakass peoples of the 1930s in the MAE] //

Sobraniya MAE AN SSSR. L.: Nauka, 1980. P. 73–84. (MAE Collec-

tions. Vol. XXXV).

◆ Khomich L. V. Kollektsii MAE po etnografii nentsev [MAE collec-

tions on the ethnography of the Nenets people] // MAE Collections

Vol. XXXV. L.: Nauka, 1980. P. 49–56.

In 2004–05 the Departments staff members prepared two CDs in

the series Siberia through the eyes of early 20th century ethnographers

within the framework of the Fundamental Research Program of the

Historical-Philological Department of the Russian Academy of Sci-

ences titled “Historical-cultural evolution, modern state and prospects

of stable development of minor indigenous peoples of the North,

Siberia and the Far East”, project “Informational data base on north-

ern peoples in the MAE collections” (Head of project — Yu. K. Chis-

tov, Director of the MAE RAS):

◆ Photographic collections of A. S. Forstein and V. I. Johelson in the

MAE

◆ Photographic collections of V. N.Vasiliev and S. D. Mainagashev in

the MAE

Materials of these CDs are accessible on the MAE web-site in the “Vir-

tual exhibitions” section: http://www.kunstkamera.ru/exhibitions/vir-


© МАЭ РАН


195

tualnye_vystavki/forshtejn/; http://www.kunstkamera.ru/exhibi-

tions/virtualnye_vystavki/vasilev/; http://www.kunstkamera.ru/exhi-

bitions/virtualnye_vystavki/majnagashev/

This edition was the first experience of electronic publication ma-

terials from the richest depository of photographs of the Siberian De-

partment of the MAE RAS.

EXPOSITIONS

The Department has no permanent exposition of its own since tradi-

tional Siberian cultures are widely represented at the Russian Ethno-

graphic Museum in St. Petersburg. Siberian ethnography was featured

at special exhibits at MAE in late 1800s and early 1900s.

In recent years, however, several major temporary exhibits were de-

signed on the basis of Siberian collections of MAE: Eurasian Nomads

(in collaboration with the Department of Central Asia), The Shaman

and the Universe, Secret World of Siberian Shamans, Arctic Civilization

and a number of other exhibits demonstrated in Japan, the USA, Fin-

land, Denmark, Austria, and Germany.

Exposition of the Department

of Siberia. MAE. 1880

Exposition of the

Department of Siberia.

Chukchi show-case.

MAE. 1903–06


© МАЭ РАН

196

Phone: (812) 328-07-12; (812) 328-08-12; ext. 107.


Head of Department

Maryam Rezvan, Cand.Sc.

Felt carpet. Kazakh. Kazakhstan.

Mid 20th century. Wool, velvet

A dervish’s purse. Uzbek. Samarqand.

Late 19th century. Leather, silk, metal


© МАЭ РАН

197

Until 1962 it was called The Department of the Near

East and Central Asia, and then the Department of

Central Asia. In 1977–89 the unit was named the

Group of Central Asia, Kazakhstan and the Caucasus,

and then again the Department of Central Asia.

The department’s history is directly or indirectly

linked with outstanding Russian explorers of Central

Asia such as V. V. Bartold, S. E. Malov, S. M. Dudin,

A. N. Samoilovich, I. I. Zarubin, E. M. Peschereva,

A. L. Troitskaya, E. G. Gafferberg, N. A. Kislyakov,

S. M. Abramzon and many others. It was successively

directed by I. I. Zarubin, N.A. Kislyakov, S. M.Abram-

zon, L. I. Lavrov, V. P. Kurylyov, R. R. Rakhimov; its

present head is M. E. Rezvan.

In summer 1914,I. I.Zarubin together with a French

Iranist Robert Gautier took a journey to the Pamirs,

entral Asian studies became

the focus of one of the museum’s

departments, founded in 1918.

The Department of the Muslim

Peoples of Central Asia, headed

by I. I. Zarubin, largely followed

the lines of the Russian Committee

for Central and East Asian

Studies established in 1903.

DEPARTMENT OF CENTRAL ASIA

С

N. A. Kislyakov (1901–1973)

I. I. Zarubin (1887–1957)


© МАЭ РАН

198

d e p a r t m e n t o f c e n t r a l a s i a

where they conducted linguistic and ethnographic research. This laid

the foundation for a systematic ethnographic study of Central Asia.

I. I. Zarubin continued his linguistic, folkloric and ethnographic stud-

ies in the Pamirs and Central Asia in the following years. His most im-

pressive project was the 1926–30 Central Asian ethnological expedi-

tion from the Academy of Sciences. Its results are undoubtedly among

the top achievements of Russian scholars focusing on this region. Ul-

timately, they defined the theoretical framework for the department’s

future studies. Areas addressed include ethnic history, ethnic culture,

marriage and family, etc. The most important monographs published

by the department in the past are the following:

◆ Zarubin I. I. Beludzhskie skazki, sobrannye I. I. Zarubinym [Baluchi

Folk Tales Collected by I. I. Zarubin]. Leningrad: Izd-vo AN SSSR,

1932. 220 p.

◆ Kislyakov N.A.Sem’ya i brak u Tajikov.Po materialam kontsa XIX —

nachala XX veka [Tajik Family and Marriage: Late 19th — Early 20th

Centuries]. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo AN SSSR, 1959. 268 p.

◆ Peschereva E. M. Goncharnoe proizvodstvo Srednei Azii [Pottery

Production in Central Asia]. Moscow–Leningrad: Izd-vo AN SSSR,

1959. 396 p. (Trudy Instituta Etnografii, nov. ser., Vol. 42).

◆ Gafferberg E. G. Beludji Turkmenskoi SSR [The Baluchi of Turkme-

nia]. Leningrad: Nauka, 1969. 270 p.

◆ Abramzon S.M.Kirgizy i ikh etnogeneticheskie i istoriko-kul’turnye

svyazi [The Kirghiz: Ethnic Affinities and Historic Ties]. Leningrad:

Nauka, 1971. 403 p.

MAE was the place where the brilliant Russian school of Central

Asian studies originated, its leading figures being V.V.Bartold, I. I.Zaru-

bin, and N. A. Kislyakov.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

Research directions taken by the department’s staff members follow

those pioneered by their great predecessors. It is currently attempted

to merge various themes in a single direction on a unified theoretical

basis. It is related to a complex study of the development and conti-

nuity of tradition in the conditions of global changes,which have more

than once altered the world outlook of this region’s population in the

center of Muslim Eurasia. The project, tentatively titled Central Asia:

tradition under historic changes will result in a series of joint mono-


© МАЭ РАН


199

graphs,under the abovementioned name.The first of them has already

been published (Tsentral’naya Aziya: traditsiya v usloviyakh perecen

[Central Asia: tradition under historic changes] / Ed. by R. R. Rakhimov.

SPb., 2007. Issue I); the second is being prepared for publication. Its

key element will be the database containing information on all the rel-

evant collections (its development is underway).

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Rezvan Maryam, Head of Department, Cand. Sc. (Muslim manuscript

tradition in the ethnographical context, magic practices in Islamic

peoples).

Rakhimov Rakhmat, Chief Researcher, D.Sc. (ethnography of Central

Asia, religiousness of Tajik women).

Kryukova Victoria, Senior Researcher, Cand. Sc. (interaction between

Zoroastrian and Islamic ideological models).

Prischepova Valeirya, Senior Researcher, Cand. Sc. (material and pho-

tographic collections of the department with regard to traditional

Central Asian ideology).

Stasevich Inga,Researcher,Cand.Sc. (status of women in the traditional

culture of Turkic nomads of Central Asia).

Vasil’tsov Konstantin, Researcher (Islam in the context of traditional

Central Asian ideology).

Terletskii Nikolai, Junior Researcher (Persian sources on the ethnog-

raphy of Central Asia).


In the last years, the department staff members have published these

monographs:

◆ Kurylev V. P. Skot, zemlya, obschina u kochevykh i polukoche-

vykh kazakhov (vtoraya polovina XIX — nachalo XX veka)

[Livestock, Land, and Local Community in Nomadic and Semino-

madic Kazakhs (Late 19th — Early 20th Centuries)]. SPb: MAE

RAN, 1998. 296 p.


© МАЭ РАН

200


◆ Prischepova V. A. Kollektsii zagovorili: Istoriya formirovaniya

kollektsii MAE po Srednei Azii i Kazakhstanu (1870–1940) [Col-

lections Speak: Origin of Central Asian and Kazakh Collections at

MAE (1870–1940)]. SPb: MAE RAN, 2000. 272 p.

◆ Solov’eva O. A. Liki vlasti Blagorodnoi Bukhary [Faces of Power

in Bokhara the Noble]. SPb: MAE RAN, 2002. 190 p.

◆ Kryukova V. Yu. Zoroastrism [Zoroastrism]. SPb., 2005.

◆ Grezy o Vostoke (Russkii avangard i shelka Bukhary): Katalog vy-

stavki [Dreams about the East (Russian Avant-Garde and Bokha-

ra Silks): Exhibition catalogue]. SPb., 2006.

◆ Tsentral’naya Aziya: traditsiya v usloviyakh perecen [Central Asia:

tradition under historic changes] / Ed. by R. R. Rakhimov. SPb.,

2007. Issue I.

◆ Terletskii N. S. A Persian-Language Work on the “Central Asian

Makka” // Manuscripta Orientalia. XIII/1. St. Petersburg, 2007.

P. 12–24.

◆ Rakhimov R. R. Koran i rozovoe plamya (Razmyshleniya o ta-

dzhikskoi kul’ture) [Koran and the pink flame (Thought about

Tajik culture)]. SPb., 2008.

◆ “Rakhmat-name”. Sbornik v chest’ 70-letiya R. R. Rakhimova

[‘Rakhmat-name.’ Collection of articles to the 70th anniversary of

R. R. Rakhimov] / Ed. by M. E. Rezvan. SPb., 2008.

◆ Traditsionnaya kazakhskaya kul’tura v sobraniyakh Kunstkamery

[Traditional Kazakh culture in Kunstkamera collections] / Ed. by

I. V. Stasevich. Almaty, 2008.

◆ Stasevich I. V. Sotsial’nya status zhenschiny u kazakhov: tradit-

sii i sovremennost’ [Social status of Kazakh women: traditions

and modernity] (in print).

◆ Rezvan M. E. Koran v sisteme musul’manskoi magi [Koran in the

system of Islamic magic] (in print).

◆ Tsentral’naya Aziya: traditsiya v usloviyakh peremen [Central

Asia: tradition under historic changes] / Ed. by R. R. Rakhimov,

M. E. Rezvan. Issue II (in print).


© МАЭ РАН


201

EXPEDITIONS

Field work has always been one of the Department’s priorities. In the

last several years, within the framework of the project titled Tradition

under historic changes, the Department’s staff members have traveled

to Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan, where they

participate in the Margiana archaeological expedition. In 2008, with-

in the projects titled Expeditions Continue and Idzhma‘=Agreement, an

expedition was carried out to Islamic regions of Chine (Xinjiang

Uyghur Autonomous Region autonomous region in Qinghai Provin-

ce). Apart from filed work, the Department’s staff members enrich its

material funds and collect photographic materials.

CONFERENCES

For nearly thirty years the department of Central Asia together with

that of Caucasus has been holding annual Central Asian and Cau-

casian conferences known as Lavrov Lectures. Abstracts of these con-

ferences are regularly published. Within Radlov Lectures and at the

Congress of ethnographers and anthropologists of Russia round tables

and sittings are held dedicated to the topic “Central Asia: world-out-

look systems and their influence on social reality”, that always attract

a wide range of specialists from Russia and abroad.

PRIZES AND AWARDS

One of the department’s achievements is the Russian Academy of Sci-

ences award for young researchers won by O. A. Solov’eva (who for

family reasons is not working in the MAE at the moment) within the

14th Contest in 2002 for her monograph Liki Vlasti Blagorodnoi

Bukhary [Faces of Power of Bukhara the Noble].

The exhibition Dreams about the East: Russian Avant-Garde and

Bukhara Silks was aknowledge as the best exhibition project of the

MAE RAS in 2006.


© МАЭ РАН

202


COLLECTIONS

The department’s collections number about 13 thousand specimens

representing sedentary agricultural, Turkic nomadic and Iranian no-

madic cultures. The curator of the collections is N. B. Kolpakidi, staff

member of the Department of Registration and Storage.

Saukele — bride’s headdress.

Kazakh. Late 19th century.

Silk, cotton, velvet, brass, silver,

paste, pearls, glass, cornelian, fur

(overall view and detail)

Woman’s belt.

Turkmen. Late 19th century.

Leather, iron, silver,

cornelian


© МАЭ РАН


203

The influx of things from Central Asia to MAE mostly began in the

second half of the 19th century. The most valuable acquisitions of that

time include a collection of beautiful artifacts donated by the inhabi-

tants of the Kazakh steppes to the heir to the Russian throne and the

future emperor Nicholas II during his trip to the Orient. Most of these

artifacts are steel battle axes of Kazakh dzhigits and precious leather

belts. There are also headdresses (saukele) of a Kazakh bride and

shaman’s musical instruments (kobyz).The culture of nomadic and se-

mi-nomadic Iranians (Baluchi, Khazara and Jemshid) is represented

by transportable dwellings with a set of impressive elements of the in-

terior.

On the whole, the department owns five movable dwellings (yurts),

two of which represent the culture of nomadic Turks (Kazakh and

Kirghiz) and three, that of nomadic Iranians. Also, MAE possesses

marvelous artifacts manufactured by the sedentary people of Cen-

Saddle with stirrups.

Made by Central Asian masters

(from the imperial collection).

Tajik, Uzbek. Early 20th century.

Wood, birch bark, nacre,

leather, silver

tral Asia. Especially valuable are so-called imperial collections —

luxurious samples of late 19th — early 20th century Central Asian

hand-woven silk, semi-silk and velvet. These masterpieces of weav-

ing and embroidery, known as iqat in the West, along with golden and

silver harness pieces, were presented to the Russian emperors of Ro-


© МАЭ РАН

204


Application on a felt bag for wooden spoons.

Kirghiz. Early 20th century. Fabric, embroidery


© МАЭ РАН


205

manov dynasty by the emirs of Bokhara. The occasions for this were

events of a national scale. One was the tercentenary of the ruling

house, celebrated in 1913. Presents were also shipped along this pe-

culiar diplomatic silk route connecting Bokhara with St. Petersburg

on other occasions such as coronation day, celebrated annually. Em-

bassies with rich gifts were also sent from Bokhara on the emperor’s

and the empress’s birthdays.

The department owns various collections representing the tradi-

tional culture of Iranians of the Pamirs and mostly acquired by I. I. Za-

rubin in 1914.There are numerous artifacts from Bokhara,Samarkand,

and Hudjand. In 2005 a MAE expedition acquired a magnificent col-

Dragon. Tajik.

Samarkand, 1980s.

Clay, modeling

Man’s belt with pendants. Kazakh.

Mid 18th century. Leather, metal, stone

Dervish’s staff.

Tajik, Uzbek.

Early 19th century.

Wood, leather,

metal, glass,

cotton, silk


© МАЭ РАН

206


lection reflecting the traditions of textile patternng of Samarkand and

Bokhara. Besides, object of the material culture of Uzbekistan Arabs

(Qarshi region) have been acquired.

A highly important collection is that of more than 50,000 photo-

graphic and other illustrations,many of them unique, reflecting the re-

alities of Central Asian life beginning from 1870.

Bride’s arrival in the groom’s house. Kazakh. Lepsin uyezd,

Semipalatinsk oblast’. 1898. By K. N. de Lazari

Jewish family.

Bokhara. Late 1880s.

By F. Orden

Djan-tyurya Alim-khan,

son of the emir of

Bokhara. St. Petersburg.

1893. By V. Yasvoin


© МАЭ РАН


207

For a catalogue of museum collections owned by the department

the following publication should be consulted:

◆ Bronnikova O. M.,Vishnevetskaya (Prischepova) V. A. Katalog kol-

lektsii otdela Srednei Azii i Kazakhstana MAE [Catalogue of Collec-

tions of MAE Department of Central Asia and Kazakhstan] // Pamy-

atniki traditsionno-bytovoi kul’tury narodov Srednei Azii, Kazakh-

stana i Kavkaza. Leningrad: Nauka, 1989. P. 180–221. (MAE

Collection, Vol. XLIII).

EXPOSITIONS

At MAE exhibition Islam: The Book and the Sword, samples of Central

Asian fabrics (satin silk,velvet, raw silk),which were part of the famous

imperial collections, exemplify the tradition of late 19th — early 20th

centuries Central Asian artistic weaving. One of the exhibits is a semi-

silk veil — a symbol of women’s seclusion in Central Asia. In our days,

Exposition Near and Middle Asia. MAE. 2004

such veils are only used on ritual occasions (mostly when a newly-mar-

ried woman is moving to her husband’s house).Among the exhibits are

a copper vessel (an excellent example of Central Asian toreutics),a beau-

tiful saddle from the imperial collection, and Central Asian weapons.


© МАЭ РАН

208

Phone: (812) 328-43-77


Head of Department

Mikhail Rodionov, D.Sc.

Ganeshi deity

figure. Ceylon.

Late 19th century.

Wood

Water vessel.

Ceylon.

Early 20th century.

Ceramics


© МАЭ РАН

209

Like several other departments of MAE, that of South and Southwest

Asia is a recent structural unit that has existed in its present form since

1993. Its two constituents, relating to South Asia (the Indian subcon-

tinent) and Southwest Asia (the Middle East) had long been separate.

When the first Indian collections were acquired,no special department

was concerned with this region, and, like the Mideastern collections,

those from India were housed at the Department of Asian Civilizations.

A separate Department of India was founded in the 1920s, after MAE

had received A. M. and L. A. Mervart’s collections, and A. M. Mervart

became its first head.

In 1937 MAE was subdivided into Cabinets, that of East and South

Asia being one of them. Its head was N. V. Kühner, who was also in

charge of the Department of India, Indonesia and the Far East. After

World War II, when Moscow Institute of Ethnography acquired the

parental status, and that in Leningrad became its filial branch, the lat-

he study of the Middle East

is a nearly century-long tradition

at MAE.

DEPARTMENT OF SOUTH AND SOUTHWEST ASIA

T

Indologists A. M. Mervart and L. A. Mervart


© МАЭ РАН

210

d e p a r t m e n t o f s o u t h a n d s o u t h w e s t a s i a

ter included the Sector of East and South Asia. In

1948, together with the Sector of the Middle East and

Central Asia, it was merged in the Sector of the Ori-

ent. Within its Leningrad part, the Group of East and

South Asia was established, directed by Kühner, as

before.

In the 1900s, several generations of Indologists

were associated with the Museum, and many placed

themselves on record in Orientalism. The most con-

spicuous personality in the first decades of the cen-

tury was Academician S. F. Oldenburg, a prominent

specialist in India and a top administrator. At MAE,

he headed the Department of Antiquities of Russian

and Chinese Turkestan.

Important figures of the 1920s were A. M. and

L. A. Mervarts, T. A. Korvin-Krukovskaya, and later

V. A. Chatopadhaya, V. E. Krasnodembskii, etc.

Among the persons associated with MAE in the

1930s–1970s were I. N. Vinnikov, a specialist in Cen-

tral Asian Arabs, E. G. Gafferberg (Baluchi and other

peoples of Afghanistan and Central Asia; O. L. Vil’-

chevskii (Kurds);V.P.Kurylev (Turks),N.A.Kislyakov

(peoples of Central Asia, Iran, and Afghanistan; he

headed the Department of the Middle East and Cen-

tral Asia of MAE for many years). In the 1940s and

1950s, M. K. Kudryavtsev, B. Ya. Volchok, M. N. Sere-

bryakova, and S. A. Maretina began their activities.

N.G.Krasnodembskaya has been working at MAE

for many years. In the last decades, the staff was joined

by younger specialists: M. F. Albedil’, E. N. Uspen-

skaya, I.Yu.Kotin,Ya.V.Vasil’kov,M.A.Rodionov and

P. I. Pogorel’skii (Arab ethnology); I.V. Bogoslovskaya

(Near Eastern clothing; currently she is Lecturer at

St. Petersburg University); and E. G. Tsareva (orien-

tal textile).

Academician S. F. Oldenburg

(1863–1934)

Semitologist I. N. Vinnikov

(1897–1973)


© МАЭ РАН


211

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

In 2003-2005 all department staff members participated in the proj-

ect Ethnographical Status of Living Beings, Things and Phenomena in

Traditional Asian Societies (directed by M. A. Rodionov). 1

Another joint project was The Collective and the

Material World in Traditional Asian Societies: Mi-

gration, Interaction, and Transformation (History

and Present) (2003–05,headed by M.A.Rodionov;

E. G. Tsareva and I. Yu. Kotin, participants). 2

In 2005–08 all staff members of the Department

were engaged in the project Cultural spaces in the

traditions of South and South-West Asia (on the

MAE collections) (headed by M. A. Rodionov).

Since 2009 the department staff members have

been participating in all the four scientific-re-

search topics of the MAE (2009–11).Among them

are: section “Large and small peoples in South

Asian states” (headed by I.Yu. Kotin; S.A. Mareti-

na, N. G. Krasnodembskaya participants) within

the topic “State and ethnos”; section “Time in the

traditional Asian cultures” (headed by M. A. Ro-

dionov, all department’s staff members partici-

pants) within the topic “Mythical-Ritual Cultural Space”; section “Mas-

terpieces of world culture in the collections of the Department of

South and South-West Asia” (headed by E. G. Tsareva, M. F. Al’bedil’,

Ya. V. Vasil’kov, I. Yu. Kotin, N. G. Krasnodembskaya, S. A. Maretina,

O. N. Mrenkova, E. N. Uspenskaya participants) within the topic “Mu-

seum collections and archive materials in the history of Russian and

world culture (on the MAE materials)”; section “Ethnos. Caste. Lan-

guage” (headed by I. Yu. Kotin, N. G. Krasnodembskaya, S. A. Mare-

tina participants); section “Ethno-Botany” (participants Ya. V. Vasil’-

kov, M. A. Rodionov, E. G. Tsareva) and “Eurasian Textile” (headed by

E. G. Tsareva) within the topic “Cultural and biological aspects of the

development of humanity”.

The department has initiated an interdepartmental seminar on textile

(convened by E. G. Tsareva), a seminar titled “Traditional crafts and

useful arts of the peoples of the world” (headed by E. N. Uspenskaya

and M.A. Janes, member of staff of the Exhibition Department). Be-

sides, on N. G. Krasnodembskaya’s initiative, the history of museum

collections is being studied with reference to the collectors’ biographies.

1 Etnograficheskii status sushchestv,

veshchei i yavlenii v kul’turakh Vosto-

ka [Ethnographical Status of LivingBeings, Things and Phenomena inOriental Cultures]: Part 1. The Dog.

Collected Essays // Kunstkamera.

Etnograficheskie tetradi. SPb., 1994.

Vols. 5–6. P. 172–261; Part II. The

Knife. Collected Essays // Kunstkam-

era. Etnograficheskie tetradi. SPb.,

1999. Vol. 11. P. 133–236; Part. III. The

Rain. Collected Essays // Kunstkam-

era. Etnograficheskie tetradi. SPb.,

2003. Vol. 13. P. 138–193.2 Kotin I. Yu., Rodionov M. A., Tsare-

va E. G. Sotsium i okruzhayuschii mir

v traditsiyakh Tsentral’noi, Yuzhnoi i

Yugo-Zapadnoi Azii [Society and envi-ronment in the traditions of Central,South and South-West Asia] SPb.:

Nauka, 2006. 222 p.


© МАЭ РАН

212


DEPARTMENT STAFF

Rodionov Mikhail, Head of Department, D.Sc. (culture, religion, so-

cial organization, and folklore of the Asian Arabs, field ethnogra-

phy of southern Arabia, museology).

Albedil’ Margarita, Leading Researcher, D.Sc. (decipherment of pro-

to-Indian system of writing, religion and mythology of India,

museology).

Vasil’kov Yaroslav, Leading Researcher, D.Sc. (ethnography, folklore

and literature of India, history of oriental studies).

Kotin Igor, Senior Researcher, D.Sc. (history and ethnography of South

Asia, Indian diaspora and Islam in Europe and North America).

Krasnodembskaya Nina, Leading Researcher, D.Sc. (languages of In-

dia, ethnography of southern India and Ceylon, history of MAE

collections).

Maretina Sofia, Chief Researcher, D.Sc. (culture and social organiza-

tion of the highland peoples of India, Indian mythology, general

ethnography).

Merenkova Ol’ga, Research Assistant (Indian folklore, museum work).

Soboleva Elena, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (Portuguese heritage in

Asia, history of MAE collections, museology).

Uspenskaya Elena, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (ethnography of India,

Indian society and the caste system, arts and crafts).

Tsareva Elena, Senior Researcher, Cand.Sc. (ethnography of the Mid-

dle East and Central Asia, history of textile in these regions).


The department staff have published numerous joint monographs,be-

ginning from “Narody Perednej Azii” [Peoples of the Near East] (Mos-

cow: Academy of Sciences Publ., 1957. 615 p.) and “Narody Yuzhnoj

Azii”[Peoples of South Asia] (Moscow:Academy of Sciences Publ.,1963.

964 p.) in the eighteen-volume series “Narody mira” [Peoples of the

World]. Next came The Traditional Culture of the Middle East and Cen-

tral Asia (MAE Collections. Vol. XXXVI. L.: Nauka, 1970. 385 p.). In-

formation on the Mideastern and South Asian collections of MAE can

be found in other MAE collections as well, and in the journal Kunst-

kamera. Etnograficheskie tetradi [Kunstkamera. Ethnographical notes].

The most important recent publications by the department staff

members are following:


© МАЭ РАН


213

◆ Albedil’ M. F. Protoindiiskaya tsivilizatsiya: Ocherki kul’tury [The

Proto-Indian Civilization: Essays in Culture]. Moscow: Vostochnaya

literatura, 1994. 295 p.

◆ Albedil’ M. F. Induizm [Hinduism]. SPb: Peterburgskoe Vostokove-

denie. 2001.

◆ Albedil’ M. F. Induizm. Glavnaya religiya Indii [Hinduism. India’s

main religion]. SPb: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie. 2001. 256 p.

◆ Albedil’ M. F. Buddhism [Buddhism]. SPb.: Piter, 2006. 208 p.

◆ Vasil’kov Ya. V. Stranichka mifologicheskogo bestiariya otryakhi-

vayuschiisya vepr’ [A mythological bestiary page: a wild boar shak-

ing himself] // Kul’tura Aravii v aziatskom kontekste. Sb. statei k

60-letiyu M. A. Rodionova. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie,

2006. P. 250–262.

◆ Vasil’kov Ya.V.“Bhagavadgita” sporit s buduschim:“Gita” i “Anugi-

ta”v kontekste istorii sankh’ya-yogi [‘Bhagavad Gita’ argues with the

future: ‘Gita’ and ‘Anugita’ in the context of Sankhya-Yoga history] //

Vsevolod Sergeevich Sementsov i rossiiskaya indologiya / Com-

piled by V. K. Shokhin. M.:Vostochnaya literature, 2008. P. 212–261.

◆ Mahabharata. Zaklyuchitel’nye knigi. XV–XVIII [Mahabharata. Fi-

nal books. XV–XVIII] / Prepared for publication by S. L. Neveleva

and Ya. V. Vasil’kov. SPb.: Nauka, 2005. 235 p.

◆ Kotin I. Yu. Pobegi banyana. Migratsiya naseleniya iz Indii i formi-

rovanie “uzlov” yuzhnoaziatskoi diaspory [Banyan Sprouts. Migra-

tions from India and the Formation of ‘Knots’ in the South Asian Di-

aspora]. SPb: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 2003. 272 p.

◆ Kotin I.Yu. Islam v Yuzhnoi Azii.Mechom i molitvoi [Islam in South

Asia. With sword and prayer]. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie–

Azbuka, 2005. 253 p.

◆ Kotin I.Yu. Islam v Yuzhnoi Azii i Velikobritanii [Islam in South Asia

and the UK] // SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie. 2008. 288 p.

◆ Kotin I. Yu., Uspenskaya E. N. Sikhism [Sikhism]. SPb.: Peterburg-

skoe vostokovedenie–Azbuka, 2007. 356 p.

◆ Kotin I. Yu. Tyurban i “Yunion Dzhek”. Vykhodtsy iz Yuzhnoi Azii

v Velikobritanii [Turban and ‘Union Jack’. Immigrants from South

Asia in the UK]. SPb.: Nauka, 2009.

◆ Krasnodembskaya N. G. Traditsionnoe mirovozzrenie singalov

(obryady i verovaniya) [Sinhalese Traditional Worldview (Rites and

Beliefs)]. Moscow: Nauka–Vostochnaya literatura, 1982. 213 p.

◆ Krasnodembskaya N. G. Ot L’vinogo ostrova do Obiteli snegov

(rasskaz o kollektsiyakh MAE po Yuzhnoi Azii) [From the Island of

Lions to the Abode of Snows (A Tale of the South Asian Collections of

MAE)]. Moscow: Nauka–Vostochnaya literatura, 1983. 108 p.

◆ Krasnodembskaya N. G. Budda, bogi, lyudi i demony [Buddha,

Gods, Humans, and Demons].SPb.:Azbuka-klassika–Peterburgskoe

Vostokovedenie, 2003. 320 p.


© МАЭ РАН

214


◆ Etiket u narodov Yuzhnoi Azii [South Asian Etiquette] / Ed. by

N. G. Krasnodembskaya. SPb: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 1999.

299 p.

◆ Maretina S. A. The Kachari State. The character of early state-like

formation in the Hill Districts of North-East India. The Hague,

Paris, New York, Mouton Publishers. 1978. P. 339–359.

◆ Maretina S. A. Evolyutsiya obschestvennogo stroya u gornykh na-

rodov Severo-Vostochnoi Indii [Evolution of Social Organization

in the Highland Peoples of Northeast India]. Moscow: Nauka, 1980.

269 p.

◆ Maretina S. A. Andamantsy. K probleme dozemledel’cheskikh ob-

schestv [The Andamanese, with Reference to General Problems of

Pre-Agricultural Societies]. SPb: MAE RAS, 1995. 225 p.

◆ Maretina S. A. Assam. Megkhalaya [Assam. Megkhalaya] // Etno-

genez i etnicheskaya istoriya narodov Yuzhnoi Azii. Moscow, 1994.

P. 157–185.

◆ Maretina S. A. K probleme universal’nosti vozhdestv: o prirode

vozhdei u naga (India) [On the universality of chiefdoms: The sta-

tus of chiefs in the Nagas, India] // Rannie formy politicheskoi or-

ganizatsii: ot pervobytnosti k gosudarstvennosti. Moscow, 1995.

P. 79–104.

◆ Rodionov M.A. Maronity Livana [Maronites of Lebanon]. Moscow:

Nauka–Vostochnaya literatura, 1982. 134 p.

◆ Rodionov M. A. Etnografiya Zapadnogo Khadramauta (obschee i

osobennoe v etnicheskoi kul’ture) [Ethnography of West Hadra-

mauth (General Features and Peculiarities in Ethnic Culture)].

Moscow: Vostochnaya literatura, 1994. 234 p.

◆ Rodionov M. A. Poslanie mudrosti (druzskie rukopisi IV RAN)

[Message of Wisdom: Druzean Manuscripts of the Institute of Orien-

tal Studies]. SPb: Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 1995. 272 p.

◆ Rodionov M. A. Islam klassicheskii [The Classic Islam]. SPb.: Azbu-

ka-klassika, Peterburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 2003. 218 p.

◆ Rodionov M. A. The Western Hadramawt: Ethnographic Field

Research, 1983–91. Halle, 2007. Orientwissenschaftliche Hefte 24.

307 p.

◆ Rodionov M. A. Demony slov na krayu Aravii (obschestvo i

stikhotvorstvo Hadramauta) [Demons of words on the edge of Ara-

bia (society and poem-writing in Hadramaut)]. SPb., Nauka, 2009.

146 p.

◆ Simakov G. N. Sokolinaya okhota i kul’t khischnykh ptits v Srednei

Azii (Ritual’nyi i prakticheskii aspekty) [Falconry and the Cult of

Birds of Prey in Central Asia (Ritual and Practical Aspects)]. SPb.: Pe-

terburgskoe Vostokovedenie, 1998. 320 p.

◆ Simakov G. N. Sokolinaya okhota u narodov Srednei Azii i Kaza-

khstana v XIX–XX vv. [Falconry Among the Peoples of Central Asia


© МАЭ РАН


215

and Kazakhstan in the 19th and 20th centuries]. Bishkek: Meltep,

2000. 212 p.

◆ Soboleva E.S.Etnicheskii sostav Portugal’skogo Timora XVI–XX vv.:

Istoriko-etnogrficheskoe issledovanie [Ethnic composition of the

Portuguese Timor in the 16th–20th centuries: Historical-ethnograph-

ical research]. L., 1991. 186 p.

◆ Soboleva E. S. Iz istorii otnoshenii Muzeya antropologii i etnografii

im. Petra Velikogo (Kunstkamera) i Gamburgskogo Muzeya naro-

dovedeniya (konets XIX — nachalo XX veka [From the history of re-

lationships between the Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography

named after Peter the Great (Kunstkamera) and Hamburg Museum

of Ethnology (end of the 19th — beginning of the 20th century)] //

Sankt-Peterburg–Hamburg: Baltiiskie pobratimy. SPb.: Evropeiskii

dom. 2007. P. 179–203.

◆ Uspenskaya E.N.Rajputy — rytsari srednevekovoi Indii [Rajputs —

The Medieval Indian Knights]. SPb: Evraziya, 2000. 334 p.

◆ Uspenskaya E. N. Radjputy: Traditsionnoe obschestvo. Gosudarst-

vennost’. Kul’tura [The Rajputs: Traditional Society, State Organiza-

tion, Culture]. SPb: MAE RAS. 2003. 344 p.

◆ Tsareva E. G. Fabrics and Carpets / The History of Civilizations of

Central Asia, Part 3, Ch. 21, v. V, UNESCO. Paris, 2003. P. 680–699.

◆ Tsareva E. G. Vorsovoe tkachestvo Srednei Amudar’i v kontekste

evraziiskoi traditsii [Pile weaving in the middle flow of the Amurdarya

River in the context of Eurasian tradition] // Kotin I. Yu., Rodio-

nov M.A.,Tsareva E.G.Sotsium i okruzhayuschii mir v traditsiyakh

Tsentral’noi, Yuzhnoi i Yugo-Zapadnoi Azii. SPb.: Nauka, 2006.

P. 7–99.

◆ Tsareva E.G.Katalog sherstyanykh tkanei iz pazyrykskikh kurganov

v sobranii Gosudarstvennogo Ermitazha [Catalogue of woolen fab-

rics from Pazyryk tumuli in the collections of the State Hermitage] //

Tekstil’ iz “zamerzshikh” mogil Gornogo Altaya IV–III vv. do n.e.

(opyt mezhdistsiplinarnogo issledovaniya). Novosibirsk, 2006.

P. 232–262.

EXPEDIIONS

The department’s staff members have taken part in the Yemeni Complex

Expedition from the Academy of Sciences (“Soviet-Yemeni” in 1983–91,

“Russian-Yemeni” after 1991): M. A. Rodionov in 1983–94 (from 1989

on as leader of the ethno-linguistic team in Hadramauth),P.I.Pogorel’skii

in 1984, 1990 and 1998. Extensive field data and ethnographical collec-


© МАЭ РАН

216


tions were acquired. In 2003–06 M. A. Rodionov worked in Yemen un-

der a Russian-German project,and in 2008,together with P.I.Pogorel’skii

at the assignment of the MAE. I. Yu. Kotin studied South Asian immi-

grants in Britain, Scandinavia, and Canada.

CONFERENCES

Since 2001 the department has been holding annual lectures titled

“Asian Bestiary” (headed by M. A. Rodionov), attended by MAE staff

and by their colleagues from other scientific institutions of St. Peters-

burg. The first collection of articles following the Lectures was pub-

lished in 2009.

Zograf Lectures on Indian culture are held (head of the organizing

committee since 1993 — Ya.V. Vasil’kov), as well as a monthly inter-

departmental seminar on textile convened by E. G. Tsareva and a sem-

inar dedicated to traditional crafts (headed by E. N. Uspenskaya and

M. A. Janes).


The department staff members participate in interdepartmental proj-

ects Creators of the Kunstkamera, directed by N. G. Krasnodembskaya,

and Textile as an Historical Source (Based on Archaeological and Ethno-

graphic Collections of MAE), directed by E. G. Tsareva.

In 2009–11 the Department plans to implement the following re-

search projects: “Time in the traditional Asian cultures”, “Large and

small peoples in South Asian states”,“Masterpieces of world culture in

the collections of the Department of South and South-West Asia”,

“Ethnos. Caste. Language”,“Eurasian textile”, etc. (see section Main Re-

search Areas above).

The Department attaches great importance to the publication of

catalogues of its collections, and preparation and publication of cata-

logue guides to collections of South and Southwest Asian textile at

MAE. The work on the electronic catalogue will be continued, as well

as verification of the collections’ presence (depositories of India and

the Near and Middle East).

The Department’s staff members are ready to start working on the

re-exposition of the MAE permanent exposition “The Near and Mid-

dle East”.


© МАЭ РАН


217

COLLECTIONS

MAE owns huge materials representing the traditional culture of the

Middle East and totaling about 4,000 items falling into 179 collec-

tions. These contain Arab, Turkish, Iranian, and Afghani artifacts, as

Helmet. Iran. Before 1800.

Received from the Museum

of the State Political Direc-

torate in 1929. Steel

Karagez and Hadjeivat.

Characters of the shadow

puppet theatre “Karagez”.

Turkey, 19th century.

Received from V. V. Proto-

popov in 1958.

Camel skin, paint

Cup for dowry. India,

Kashmir region. 19th century.

Papier-mâché


© МАЭ РАН

218


Kalamkar “Wedding”. Iran, around 1900.

Received from S. M. and Yu. A. Marr in 1920. Cotton, paint

well as a few those made by Turkic-speaking people of Chinese

Turkestan.

The first specimens from this region were received by the Kunst-

kamera as early as 1722, when Peter I, then on his Persian campaign,

shipped several Persian stone cannonballs and the keys from Derbent,

a city captured by the Russian troops, to St. Petersburg. A little later, in

the mid-1730s, the Kunstkamera received things that had been owned

by Peter’s companion Jacob Bruce, including some Persian coins and

other items.


© МАЭ РАН


219

The first Arab artifacts were received by the Ethnographic Museum

in 1838 from Academician Ch.-M. Von Frähn. He had acquired them

in Cairo and they are now in the possession of the Department of

Africa.

Because most of these were isolated specimens, the Middle Eastern

collection was virtually nonexistent until the 1880s, when the Muse-

um received the first Iranian assemblages (from Prince Rizah Koulie

Mirza and from Academician V. R. Rosen) and those from Turkey

(from Governor-General of Kars P. I. Tomich). In 1891, a highly valu-

Festive costume

of an Arab sheik.

Basra, Iraq.

Received from the

State Museum

of Ethnography

in 1938.

Silk, spun gold

able collection was received from the Russian Geographical Society on

whose behalf it had been acquired by B. L. Grombchevsky in Kanjut,

Hindu Kush. Specimens from other Mideastern countries began to ar-

rive much later.

In the first decades of the 20th century, the Mideastern, primarily

Iranian, collections were augmented to a considerable extent thanks to


© МАЭ РАН

220


certain graduates of St. Petersburg University Faculty of Oriental Lan-

guages (A.A. Romaskevich and V.A. Ivanov), who visited Iran and do-

nated numerous artifacts to the museum,and so did Russian diplomats

serving in Iran (A. A. Adamov and D. D. Belyaev).

Numerous specimens including Arab ones were received in 1939–

40 from the State Ethnographical Museum (now Russian Ethno-

graphical Museum).

In the 1950s–70s the relatively few Mideastern acquisitions were

mostly occasional purchases or donations.The situation changed in the

early 1980s, when the Academy of Sciences set up the Complex Sovi-

et-Yemeni Expedition which united researchers from several institu-

tions. Leningrad Branch of the Institute of Ethnography was repre-

sented by ethnographers M. A. Rodionov and P. I. Pogorel’skii, and by

physical anthropologists.The activities of the former resulted in the ac-

quisition of several hundred artifacts from southern Arabia, provid-

ing a basis for the new Mideastern exposition.

The second group of collections comes from South Asia, and the

first of them originated during Peter’s rule. According to certain

sources, Peter himself purchased Indian specimens in Europe. Fig-

urines and ivory jewel boxes arrived in the 18th century.

However, the first complete ethnographic collections from South

Asian countries were received in late 1800s thanks to the activities of

the prominent Indologist I. P. Minaev, who visited India in the 1870s

and 1880s and brought rare manuscripts and artifacts from there. In

1896, by order of Nicholas II, MAE received materials collected by him

Dervish. Teheran, Iran.

Collected by A. A. Ramoskevich

Old Bedouin. Arabia.

Early 20th century.

Received from the

Navy Museum in 1950


© МАЭ РАН


221

in 1890–91 on his trip to the Orient. These included valuable Indian

articles.

In 1900 MAE acquired an ethnographic collection from Berlin Mu-

seum of Ethnology, containing Indian and Ceylonese collections of

Doctor F. Jagor. In the early 20th century, numerous South Asian arti-

cles arrived, including those collected in India by Hait brothers,

Baron A. A. Stahl von Holstein and A. N. Kaznakov, and in Ceylon (by

N. I. Vorob’ev and Hans Meyer), etc.

Finally, in 1912, MAE received a collection assembled by a Russian

diplomat M. S. Andreev, who later became a prominent specialist in

Central Asian cultures. It contained a unique fragment of a wooden

palace from the town of Nasik — the most valuable Indian specimen

at MAE so far.

However, the largest contribution to the Indian collections was

made by A. M. and L. A. Mervarts, members of the Academic expedi-

tion to India. During their five-year stay there (1914–18) they collect-

ed an enormous amount of artifacts reflecting diverse facets of life in

South Asia (India and Ceylon).

In the mid-1920 MAE received South Asian artifacts from institu-

tions such as the State Museum Foundation, the Expert Committee,

former Stieglitz Museum, etc. Later, until the mid-1950s, acquisition

of Indian specimens was mostly random. In 1950s and 1960s, due to

the development of friendly ties with India, the accretion of South

Asian collections was more rapid.Artifacts were received from various

societies and organization of India and Ceylon, from separate per-

Bombay fishermen. South India. Hindu. Collected by brothers Hait, 1903


© МАЭ РАН

222


sons, from participants of exhibitions held in Moscow and Leningrad,

etc. In the same years large collections were received from several mu-

seums in Moscow and Leningrad including Moscow Museum of Ori-

ental Cultures and Leningrad Museum of Theatre.

The Department also owns a large collection of photographs relat-

ed to peoples of South Asia.

In later years, the key factors in the growth of South Asian collec-

tions were N. G. Krasnodembskaya’s trip to Sri Lanka and V. N. Mazu-

rina’s work in Nepal. At present the total number of South-Asian col-

lections exceeds 300, and the number of specimens is more than 12

thousand.

EXPOSITIONS

Middle and Near East. Isolated exhibits of Near Eastern origin have

been displayed at the Museum since the beginning of Kunstkamera’s

exhibitional activities. However, the first standing exposition special-

ly featuring traditional Near Eastern cultures was only opened in 1925

after the reconstruction of the Museum.

In 1950 a new permanent exposition titled Peoples of the Near East

was opened. Based on the museum’s ethnographic collections related

to Iran, Afghanistan (including its minorities), Turkey, and the Arab

countries, it functioned until 1978.

Exposition “Middle and Near East”. MAE. 2004


© МАЭ РАН


223

In 1999, after MAE had received materials from the Soviet-Yemeni

Complex Expedition, a temporary exhibition was opened under the ti-

tle Islam: Book and Sword. It eventually became the core of a new ex-

position focusing on the Middle and Near East. Exhibits, arranged by

themes and peoples, introduce the visitors to the traditional culture of

the Arab nations, the Muslim peoples of Turkey,North Africa, Iran,and

Afghanistan. The exposition begins with the fragment of Ka’ba cover,

handwritten and printed copies of the Koran and comments on it,

reading and writing accessories, steel and armor. The next sections

demonstrate costumes worn by peoples of the region, jewelry, samples

of festive kitchenware, carpets, fabrics, and characters of puppet the-

atres. The Islam theme is developed in the section “Moharram” which

shows attributes of the Shiah religious mystery.

South Asia. Like other Oriental rarities, isolated articles of South Asian

origin have been exhibited at the Museum ever since the beginning.

The first standing exhibition illustrating the traditional culture of

South Asia was opened in 1925, after the reconstruction of the muse-

um. Besides, in the 1930s, Indian collections were displayed on sever-

al thematic exhibitions at MAE.

In the first postwar years, a new permanent exhibition “Peoples of

South Asia” was prepared at the museum. In was opened in 1949 and

became a new permanent exhibition in 1998. It shows cultures of the

Indian sub-continent: traditional beliefs, occupations, household,

clothing, ornaments, fabrics, weapons, characters of South Indian

Kathakali theatre, etc. The renewed exhibition was designed by the

department staff members N. G. Krasnodembskaya, S. A. Maretina,

E. N. Uspenskaya, and I. Yu. Kotin.

Exposition “India”. MAE. 2004


© МАЭ РАН

224

d e p a r t m e n t o f p h y s i c a l a n t h r o p o l o g y

24, Srednii prospect,Vassilievskii Island.

Phone: (812) 323-34-19, (812) 323-40-16, (812) 323-27-19


Head of Department

Valerii Khartanovich, Cand.Sc.

Bust of a representative

of the “Malay race”

in accordance with Academician

I. F. Bluemenbach’s classifica-

tion. Sculptor E. Launiz,

Germany. Second half of the

19th century. Papier-mâché,

mixture of alabaster and chalk,

plaster, tempera-oil painting

An artificially deformed cranium

from the pre-Columbus city of

Pukara-de-Tiliari, Argentina


© МАЭ РАН

225

In 1842 Baer became Head of the Anatomical Chamber,

and later on together with A. A. Schiefner, Director of the

Ethnographical Museum, he made a proposal of creating

joined Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography. In

1846, Baer’s first study in physical anthropology was pub-

lished, prepared at our museum. On his initiative, human

crania were acquired on a large scale. In 1878 the depart-

ment received its present name.

Later, prominent physical anthropologists such as

G. A. Bonch-Osmolovskii,V. V. Bunak, V. V. Ginzburg,

B. V. Firstein, K. Z. Jazuta, Ju. V. Ludewig, G. I. Petrov,

B. N. Vishnevskii, V. P. Yakimov, A. N. Yuzefovich, and

E. V. Zhirov, worked at the museum.

In 1968–2002 the department was headed by I. I.Gokh-

man, thanks to whom it has become what it is today: the

he Department of Physical

Anthropology is one of the oldest

in the museum, in fact, the oldest

one of this profile in Europe.

Its first research directions were envisaged when

Karl Ernst (Karl Maksimovich) von Baer, Profes-

sor of Embryology at Königsberg University and

Member of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences,

joined the staff of the Kunstkamera and then of

the Anatomical Chamber which later separated

from it.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

T

K. Baer (1792–1876),

Director of the Anatomical cabi-

net of the St. Petersburg Acade-

my of Sciences, the creator of

the Museum of Anthropology

and Ethnography and the

founder of the Anthropological

Department of the MAE.

I. I. Gokhman (1928–2008)


© МАЭ РАН

226


huge depository of skeletal and other materials was put in order, large-

scale acquisition of new skeletal collections was initiated,and their reg-

istration and study was intensified. Most of the present department

staff are Gokhman’s students, trained by him at St. Petersburg Uni-

versity Department of Ethnography and Anthropology and/or through

a postgraduate course at MAE. In 2008 I. I. Gokhman was honoured

with a RAS award named after Academician V. P. Alexeev for his con-

tribution into the development of Russian anthropology.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

The department is one of Europe’s oldest centers concerned with phys-

ical anthropology of prehistoric and modern populations. Its main re-

search lines are human evolution,population history of Russia and oth-

er regions, methodology of population studies, and ethology.

The principal themes are metric and nonmetric cranial variation,

integration of data from various trait systems, and biological and cul-

tural factors of human behavior. At present, the Department staff

members are developing the theme “Cultural and biological aspects of

the development of humanity” (section “Modern and ancient popu-

lations of the Old and the New World”), and are participating in the

fundamental research program of the Presidium of the RAS entitled

“Historical-cultural heritage and spiritual Values of Russia”, and in the

project called “Anthropological funds of the MAE RAS — a source for

the study of origin of North-West Russia’s population”.

In the last several years the Department has organized a number of

important scientific events: the All-Russian conference “Problems of

Eurasian Anthropology” (October 11–15, 2004); the 6th Congress of

ethnographers and anthropologists of Russia, sections III “Anthropo-

logy of laughter”, XVI “Formation of the anthropological composition

of Eurasian population” (June 28 — July 2, 2005); the All-Russian

“Problems of biological and cultural adaptation of human popula-

tions”(October 8–14,2007). In the course of these events,over 160 pre-

sentations were made by anthropologists and archaeologists from re-

search centers of St. Petersburg, Moscow, Barnaul, Tymen’, Tomsk,

Perm’, Krasnoyarsk, Krasnodar, Rostov-na-Donu, Vladivostok, Vol-

gograd,Novosibirsk,Petrozavodsk,Chita,Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk,and Syk-

tyvkar. The results of these conferences have been published in collec-

tions of articles.


© МАЭ РАН


227

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Khartanovich Valerii, Cand.Sc., Head of Department (craniology, pa-

leoanthropology, population history of northern Russia).

Chistov Yuri, D.Sc., Director of MAE (anthropology of ancient and

modern populations of the Near East and Central Asia, morpho-

logy of the human cranium, application of multivariate statistical

methods and databases in anthropological research, computerized

catalogs of museum collections, museology).

Kozintsev Alexander,D.Sc.,Chief Researcher, (physical and cultural an-

thropology, ethology).

Gromov Andrei, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (craniology of Neolithic,

Bronze and Iron Age populations of Eurasia, artificial cranial de-

formation, paleodemography).

Moiseyev Vyacheslav, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (population histo-

ry of northern Eurasia,origin of Uralic-speaking groups, integration

of data from various systems of biological traits).

Sankina Serafima, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (population history of

north-eastern Europe).

Selezneva (Bogdanova) Vera, Cand.Sc., Leading Curator (supervision

of cranio-osteological funds, museology, registration and storage;

educational programs).

Radzjoen Anna, Chief Curator, member of the European Association

of Museums of Medical Science History (supervision of anatomi-

cal collections, F. Ryusc’s collections, museology, history of anato-

my, popularization Kunstkamera’s anatomical collections).

Panarina Ol’ga, Leading Curator (supervisiou of illustrative collec-

tions and photographic materials).

Shirobokov Ivan, Post-Graduate Student (Palaeoanthropology, der-

mato-glyphics, origin of the peoples of European Russia).

Kazarnitskii Alexey, Post-Graduate Student (Palaeoanthropology, an-

thropology of the population of Southern Russia steppe’s in the

Bronze Age).


Works published by the department staff in recent years include the

following:

◆ Gokhman I. I., Kozintsev A. G. (Eds.) Antropologiya sovremenno-

go i drevnego naseleniya Evropeiskoi chasti SSSR [Physical Anthro-


© МАЭ РАН

228


pology of Modern and Ancient Populations of the European Part of USSR].

Leningrad: Nauka, 1986. 224 p.

◆ Gokhman I. I. Naselenie Ukrainy v epokhu mezolita i neolita (antropologicheskii

ocherk) [Population of the Ukraine in the Mesolithic and Neolithic: Physical an-

thropology]. Moscow: Nauka. 1966. 224 p.

◆ Gokhman I.I.,Alekseev V.P.Antropologiya Aziatskoi chasti SSSR [Physical Anthro-

pology of the Asiatic Part of the USSR]. Moscow, 1984. 208 p.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. Chekovek i smekh [Man and laughter]. SPb.: Aleteya, 2007.

◆ Gokhman I. I. (Ed.) Novye kollektsii i issledovaniya po antropologii SSSR [New

collections and researchers on the anthropology of the USSR]. L.: Nauka, 1991.

216 p. (MAE Collections. Vol. XLIV).

◆ Gokhman I. I., Gromov A. V. (Ed.) Nekotorye aktual’nye pronlemy sovremen-

noi antropologii [Some actual issues of modern anthropology]. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2006.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. (Ed.) Paleoantropologiya, etnicheskaya antropologiya, etnogenez.

K 75-letiyu Il’i Iosifovicha Gokhmana [Palaeoanthropology, ethnic anthropology,

ethno genesis.To the 75th anniversary of Il’ya Iosifovich Gokhman].SPb.: MAE RAS,

2004. 246 p.

◆ Gokhman I. I. (Ed.) Problemy antropologii drevnego i sovremennogo naseleniya

Evrazii [Problems of anthropology of ancient and modern population of Eurasia]. L.:

Nauka, 1984. 160 p.

◆ Chistov Yu. K. Antropologiya drevnego i sovremennogo naseleniya Yuzhnogo

Yemena. Ch. I. Paleantropologiya, antropometriya, antroposkopiya [Anthropology

of the Ancient and Modern Population of South Yemen. Part I. Palaeoanthropology,

Anthropometry, Anthroposcopy]. SPb.: Evropeiskii Dom, 1998. 274 p.

Among the most important articles published by the Department’s

staff members in the last several years are the following:

◆ Gokhman I. I., Gromov A. V. Tesinskii gruntovyi mogil’nik Kamenka III: dannye

kraniometrii i kranioskopii [Tesinskii earth burial Kamenka III: craniometrical and

cranioscopic data] // Arkheologiya,antropologiya i etnografiya Evrazii.Novosibirsk,

2009. # 1. P. 136–145.

◆ Gromov A.V.Drevnee naseleniye doliny r.Sumbar (Yugo-Zapadnyi Turkmenistan)

[Ancient population of the Sumbar River valley (South-West Turkmenistan)] //

Paleoantropologiya, etnicheskaya antropologiya, etnogenez. SPb., 2004. P. 8–20.

◆ Gromov A.V. Ob osobom tipe detskikh pogrebenii v mogil’nikakh chernovskogo

etapa okunevskoi kul’tury [About a special type of children’s burials in the burials of

chernovskoi stage of Okunevskaya culture] // Okunevskii sbornik 2. SPb.: Eleksis

Print, 2006.

◆ Gromov A.V. Cherepa iz Osikinskogo mogil’nika: sledy iskusstvennogo vozdeist-

viya [Skulls from the Osikinsky burial: traces of artificial impact] // Opus: Mezhdist-

siplinarnye issledovaniya v arkheologii. M., Izd-vo IA RAN. 2006. Issue 5.

◆ Gromov A.V.,Khodzhajov T.K.Paleodemografiya neseleniya afrigidskoi I kerder-

skoi kul’tur del’ty Amudar’i [Palaeo demography of the population of afrigidskaya


© МАЭ РАН


229

and kerderskaya cultures of the Amu Darya River delta] // Istoriya material’noi kul’-

tury Uzbekistana. Tashkent: Fan, 2006. # 35. P. 118–141.

◆ Gromov A.V.,Khodzhajov T.K.Paleodemografiya naseleniya protogorodov epokhi

bronzy Severnoi Baktrii [Palaeo demography of the population of protocities of

Northern Bactria of the Bronze Age] // Sbornik,posvyaschennyi 100-letiyu S.P.Tol-

stova. M., 2007.

◆ Gromov A. V., Khodzhajov T. K. Paleodemografiya srednevekovogo naseleniya

Yuzhnogo Priaral’ya [Palaeo demography of the medieval population of Southern Ar-

al region] // Vestnik antropologii. Nauchnyi almanakh. M., 2007. Issue 15, part 2.

P. 118–141.

◆ Kozintsev A.G.Kety,ural’tsy,“amerikanoidy”: integratsiya kranologicheskikh dan-

nylj [The Kets, the Uralians, the ‘Americanoids’: integration of craniological data] //

Paleoantropologiya,etnicheskaya antropologiya,etnogenez.SPb.,2004.P.172–185.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. Proiskhozhdeniya yazyka: novye fakty i teorii [The origin of lan-

guage: new facts and theories] // Sbornik statei k 140-letiyu kafedry obschego yazy-

koznaniya SPbGU. SPb., 2004. P. 35–50.

◆ Kozintsev A.G.Perepiska o neverbal’noi semiotike,yazyke,real’nosti i naivnoi kar-

tine mira [Correspondence about non-verbal semiotics, language, reality and a naïve

picture of the world] // Antropologichskii forum.Obrazovanie v antropologii i sot-

sial’nykh naukakh. 2005. # 3. P. 495–509 (together with G. Kreidlin).

◆ Kozintsev A. G. Kul’tura, priroda, yazyk, smekh [Culture, nature, language, laugh-

ter] // Kognitivnye issledovaniya.Issue 1.M.: In-t psikhologii RAS,2006.P.224–238.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. Prichernomorskie skify: mezhgruppovye razlichiya, vnechnie

svyazi, proiskhozhdenie [The Scythians of the Black Sea region: inter-group differ-

ences, external relations, origin] // Arkheologiya,etnografiya i antropologiya Evrazii.

2007. Issue 4 (32). P. 143–157.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. O roli vostochnoaziatskikh mongoloidov v formirovanii antropo-

logicheskogo sostava naseleniya Yaponii [About the role of East-Asian Mongoloids

in the formation of the anthropological composition of the population of Japan] //

Problemy obschei i regional’noi etnografii:K 75-letiyu A.M.Reshetova).SPb.:MAE

RAS, 2006. P. 160–166.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. O funktsii trikstera [About the function of trickster] // AB-60.

Sbornik k 60-letiyu A. K. Baiburina. SPb: Evropeiskii un-t, 2007. P. 325–339.

◆ Kozintsev A. G.Yumor: do i posle ironii [Humor: before and after irony] // Logich-

eskii analiz yazyka.Yazykovye mekhanismy komizma.M.: Indrik,2007.P.238–253.

◆ Kozintsev A.G.Rasolog Vladimir Avdeev izuchaet izviliny v mozge vraga [Specialist

in races Vladimir Avdeev is studying the convolutions of the enemy’s brain] // Kriti-

ka rasizma v sovremennoi Rossii i nauchnyi vzglyad na problemu etnokul’turnogo

mnogoobraziya. M.: Academia, 2008. P. 19–40.

◆ Kozintsev A. G. O tak nazyvaemykh “sredizemnomortsakh”Yuzhnoi Sibiri [About

the so-called ‘Mediterraneans’ of Southern Siberia] // Drevnie i sovremennye kochev-

niki Tsentral’noi Azii. Barnaul: Azboka, 2008. P. 205–207.

◆ Moiseev V. G. Opyt integratsii dannykh chetyrekh system antropologicheskikh

priznakov (kraniometrii, kranioskopii, odontologii i dermatoglifiki) [An experi-

ence of integration of data of the four systems of anthropological features (craniome-


© МАЭ РАН

230


try, cranioscopy, odontology and dermatoglyphics)] // Paleoantropologiya, etniche-

skaya antropologiya, etnogenez. SPb., 2004. P. 186–200.

◆ Moiseev V. G. Kranioskopicheskaya kharakteristika naseleniya Zapadnoi i Yuzh-

noi Sibiri skifskogo vremeni [Cranioscopic characteristics of the population of West

and South Siberia in the Scythian times] // Arkheologiya,etnografiya i antropologiya

Evrazii. SPb., 2005.

◆ Moiseev V.G.O proiskhozhdenii naseleniya okhotskoi kul’tury Severnogo i Vostoch-

nogo Khokkaido (po kraniologicheskim dannym) [About the origin of the popula-

tion of Okhotskaya culture of Norther and Eastern Hokkaido (according to craniolog-

ical data)] // Arkheologiya,etnografiya i antropologiya Evrazii.2008.# 1.P.133–140.

◆ Moiseev V.G.K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii korennogo naseleniya ostrovov Ryukyu:

rezul’taty integratsii kraniometricheskikh i kranioskopicheskikh priznakov [To

the question of origin of the indigenous population of the Ryukyu Islands: results of

craniometric and cranioscopy features integration] // Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye

issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty v 2007 g. SPb., 2008. P. 443–449.

◆ Moiseev V. Okhotsk population of Northern and Eastern Hokkaido: integration

of cranial metric and nonmetric data // Life and Roots of Okhotsk People. Sap-

poro: Hokkudai Press. P. 26–35.

◆ Sankina S. L. Antropologiya srednevekovogo naseleniya Russkogo Severa (X–

XIV vv.) [Antropology of the medieval population of the Russian North (10th–14th

centuries)] // Paleoantropologiya, etnicheskaya antropologiya, etnogenez. SPb.,

2004. P. 83–107.

◆ Sankina S.L.Novye materially iz Vologodskoi oblasti:mogil’nik Chagino [New ma-

terials from Vologda oblast’: Chaigino burial] // Muzeinye kollektsii i nauchnye

issledovaniya. SPb., 2004. P. 201–204.

◆ Sankina S. L. Materialy k probleme zaseleniya Izhorskogo plato: mogil’nik Novo-

Siverskaya 2 [Materials on the problem of population of the Izhorskoe plateau: No-

vo-Siverskaya 2 burial] // Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye

proekty MAE RAN v 2006. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2007. P. 202–206,

◆ Sankina S. L. O skandinavskom prisutstvii na Russkom Severe: mogil’nik Kera-

nikha-2 (drevnerusskie pogrebeniya) [About Scandinavian presence in the Russian

North: Kurevanikha-2 burial (ancient Russian burials)] // Vestnik antropologii.M.,

2007. Issue 15, part 2. P. 363–370.

◆ Sankina S. L. Dva cherepa XVI–XVII vv. iz Izborska (mogil’nik Skedel’nya) [Two

16th–17th century skulls from Izborsk (Skudel’nya burial)] // Radlovskii sbornik:

Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty MAE RAN v 2007. SPb.: MAE RAS,

2008. P. 475–479.

◆ Sankina S.L.Skandinavskaa problema v svete antropologicheskikh dannykh: grup-

py Russkogo Severa i Severo-Zapada epokhi srednevekoviya (XI–XIII veka) [Scan-

dinavian problem in the light of anthropological data: Russian North and North-West

groups in the Middle Ages (11th–13th centuries)] // Arkheologiya, etnografiya i

antropologiya Evrazii. 1 (33). 2008. P. 141–156.

◆ Radzyun A.B.Anatomoicheskaya kollektsiya F.Ruyscha v Sankt-Peterburgskoi Kunst-

kamere [Anatomical collection of F. Ryusch in the St. Peterbusrg Kunstkamera] //

Almanakh “Muzei Rossiiskoi Akademii nauk”. M., 2005. P. 99–119.


© МАЭ РАН


231

◆ Radzyn Anna. Anatomy // The Paper Museum of Academy of Science in St. Pe-

terburg 1725–1760. Introduction and Interpretation. 2005. Royal Netherlands

Academy of Art and Science. P. 112–127.

◆ Radzyun A. B. Predislovie k russkomu izdaniyu knigi Lyuka Koimansa “Khu-

dozhnik smerti. Anatomicheskie uroki Frederika Ruischa” [Preface to the Russian

edition of Luce Koimans’s book ‘Artist of death. Anatomic lessons of Frederik Ryusch’]

SPb., 2008.

◆ Khartanovich V. I. Kraniologiya izhor [Craniology of the Izhors] // Rasy i narody.

M., 2004. Issue 30. P. 96–124.

◆ Khratanovich V.I.Novye kraniologicheskie materially po saamam Kol’skogo polu-

ostrova (mogil’nik Severnaya Salma) [New craniological materials on the Sami peo-

ple of the Kola Peninsula (Northern Salma burial)] // Paleoantropologiya, etnich-

eskaya antropologiya, etnogenez. SPb., 2004. P. 108–125.

◆ Khartanovich V.I.Kraniologiya verkhnevychegodskikh i sysol’skikh komi [Cranio-

logy of the Verkhnevychegodskie and Sysol’skie Komi people] // Antropologiya komi.

M., 2006. P. 233–243.

◆ Khartanovich V.I.Kraniologicheskie materially mogil’nika Yuzhnogo Olen’ego os-

trova Onezhskogo ozera — voprosy nauchnoi restavratsii v svyazi s problemami

proiskhozhdeniya naseleniya [Craniological materials from the burial on the Yuzh-

nyi Olenii Island in the Onega Lake — question of scientific restoration in connec-

tion with the question of the population’s origin] // Aktual’nye problemy razvitiya

muzeev-zapovednikov. Petrozavodsk, 2006. P. 201–214.

◆ Khartanovich V. I. K izucheniyu proiskhozhdeniya naseleniya i etnicheskoi istorii

Vostochnoi Karelii [On the study of the origin and ethnic history of the population

of East Karelia] // Estestvennonauchnye i gumanitarnye osnovy prirodookhran-

noi, nauchnoi i prosvetitel’skoi deyatel’nosti na okhranyaemykh prirodnykh ter-

ritoriyakh Russkogo Severa. Petrozavodsk, 2006. P. 165–176.

◆ Khartanovich V. I. O “laponoidnosti” na Severe Evropy (po antropologichseskim

materialam iz mogil’nikov Bol’shogo Olen’ego ostrova v Kol’skom zalive Barent-

seva moray i Yuzhnogo Olen’ego o-ve Onezhskogo ozera [About ‘Lappishness’ in

Northern Europe (on anthropological materials from the burials on the Bol’shoi Olenii

Island in the Kola Gulf of the Barents Sea and the Yuzhnyi Olenii Island in the One-

ga Lake] // Pervobytnaya i srednevekovaya istoriya i kul’tura Evropeiskogo severa:

problemy izucheniya i nauchnoi rekonstruktsii. Solovki, 2006. P. 143–156.

◆ Khartanovich V. I., Bel’skii S.V., Laakso V. Monitoring sovremennogo sostoyaniya

mogil’nikov epokhi Srednevekov’ya — Novogo vremeni v severo-zapadnom Pri-

ladozh’e v 2005–2006 godakh (nekotorye rezul’taty i perspektivy izucheniya) [Mon-

itoring of the modern condigition of the burials of the Middle Ages — the New Age

in north-west Ladoga region in 2005–06 (someresults and prospectives of studies)] //

Istoriya i kul’turnoe nasledie Severnogo Priladozh’ya:vzglyad iz Rossii i Finlyandii.

Petrozavodsk. 2007. P. 38–42.

◆ Khatanovich V.I.,Shirobokov I.G.K kraniologii srednevekovogo naseleniya severo-

zapadnogo Priladozh’ya (predvaritel’nyi analiz materialov iz mogil’nika Kyulya-

lakhti Kalmistomyaki) [On the craniology of Medieval population of north-west

Ladoga region (preliminary analysis of materials from the Kyulyalahti Kalmisto-


© МАЭ РАН

232


myaki burial)] // Radlovskii sbornik: Nauchnye issledovaniya i muzeinye proekty

v 2007 g. SPb.: MAE RAS. 2008. P. 222–231.

◆ Khartanovich V., Moiseev V., Suvorova N. Preliminary results of a complex bio-

logical study of human skulls from Bol’shoy Oleni Ostrov cemetery // Sami His-

tory and Prehistory: Archaeological Perspectives from Late Neolithic to Present

Time. Abstracts of Conference Papers. Saint-Petersburg: Institute for the History

of Material Culture. 2008. P. 11–12.

◆ Chistov Yu. K. Traditsionnye formy braka i ikh vliyanie na formirovanie antro-

pologii naseleniya Yuzhnoi Aravii [Traditional forms of marriage and their influ-

ence on the formation of the anthropology of South Arabia population] // Etnogra-

ficheskoe obozrenie. 2004. # 1. P. 32–36.

◆ Chistov Yu. K. Mnogomernyi statisticheskii analiz antropometricheskikh prizna-

kov v territorial’nykh gruppakh i sotsial’nykh stratakh provintsii Khadramaut

[Multivariate statistical analysis of anthropometrical data in territorial groups and

social layers of the Hadramauth Province] // Paleoantropologiya, etnicheskaya

antropologiya, etnogenez. SPb, 2004. P. 159–171.

◆ Chistov Yu. K. K voprosu o formirovanii antropologicheskogo tipa naseleniya

yuga Araviiskogo poluostrova [To the question of formation of the antrhopological

type of the population of Southern Arabian Peninsula] // Kul’tura Aravii v aziatskom

kontekste. SPb.: Peterburgskoe vostokovedenie. 2006. P. 98–118.

◆ Chistova Yu.K.,Khartanovich V. I.Problemy proiskhozhdeniya drevnego i sovre-

mennogo naseleniya Severo-Zapada Rossii i Fennoskandii (Antropologicheskie

issledovaniya v Muzee antropologii i etnografii RAN) [Problems of origin of an-

cient and modern population of the North-West of Russia and Fennoscandia (An-

thropological researches in the Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography RAS)]

// Trydy Otdeleniya istoriko-filologicheskikh nauk RAN. M.: Nauka. 2005.

P. 132–150.

EXPEDITIONS

The department conducts a systematic field work. Since 1976 the

Northern European paleoanthropological team has been excavating

cemeteries in northwestern Russia to acquire new skeletal collec-

tions. New valuable materials on the anthropology of the ancient

population of the Kola Peninsula, North-West Ladoga Lake region

and the Onega Lake region have been collected and registered for

per-manent storage in the MAE RAS. The staff members have tak-

en part in many archaeological expeditions excavating Mesolithic

and Neolithic burial grounds in Russia, and in field trips to Mon-

golia, Vietnam and Yemen.


© МАЭ РАН


233

COLLECTIONS

Anthropological collections of the Kunstkamera are among world’s

largest. The museum’s depositories related to the department contain

776 collections (mostly skeletal) totaling nearly 178,424 items.

bottom:

Injected child’s leg

dressed with a laced kerchief.

Spirit preparation by F. Ryusch.

End of the 17th – beginning

of the 18th century

Fragment of an injected oesophagus

mucous membrane of a twig. Spirit

preparation by F. Ryusch. End of the 17th —

beginning of the 18th century

Wax model of a brain in a natural cranium.

Author — Johann-Georg Duverdnoy.

Early 18th century


© МАЭ РАН

234


The earliest anatomical collections of MAE (late 1600s — early 1700s)

come from the so-called Chamber of Naturalia in Peter the Great Kunst-

kamera. Their history begun when Peter I purchased in Holland the

anatomical specimens made by the famous Dutch anatomist Freder-

ick Ruysch and brought them to Russia. Later, Peter’s decree On Fur-

nishing Born Freaks and Unusual Finds marked the beginning of so-

called “Russian anatomical (teratological) collection”, which consisted

A child’s two-headed

skeleton.

From F. Ryusch’s

teratological collection.

End of the 17th —

beginning of the

18th century


© МАЭ РАН


235

of specimens prepared and acquired in Russia by Peter’s order and

sometimes under his personal participation. The Russian anatomical

collection, like that of F. Ruysch, reflects an important stage in the

growth of anatomical knowledge and excites much interest on the part

of science historians.

Anatomical collections consist of liquid (preserved in ethanol) and

dry anatomical specimens from the early years of the Kunstkamera,and

a number of other anatomical materials. The depositories contain 24

anatomical collections comprising 1,388 specimens. They also house

F. Ruysch’s materials totaling 937 preparations. The Russian anatom-

ical collection consists of 144 specimens made in the 18th and 19th

centuries.

Apart from these, the department owns many later teratological col-

lections comprising malformed foetuses, both human and animal.

Board with

heads

(bas-reliefs)

of the anthro-

pological types

of Australia.

Middle of the

19th century.

Plaster, wooden

frame with glass


© МАЭ РАН

236


Most collections of the department (599) are osteological and to-

tal about 15 thousand skeletons acquired through archaeological ex-

cavations of burials dating from various epochs from the Upper Pale-

olithic to the present. Especially unique are Paleolithic, Mesolithic, Ne-

olithic, and Chalcolithic remains.

Most skeletal finds are from the former USSR, but some represent

prehistoric and modern populations of Western Europe, foreign Asia,

Africa, North and South America, and Oceania.

The first skeletal collections were received by the Anatomical Cab-

inet of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences (later Department of An-

thropology of MAE) in the 1830s and 1840s. Intense accumulation and

study of human crania was initiated by Academician K. von Baer, the

founder of Russian physical anthropology.After he became Head of the

Anatomical Cabinet of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, he man-

aged to interest Academy members in physical anthropology and es-

tablished contacts with Russian archaeologists and ethnographers. As

a result, cranial re-mains began to arrive from different places. By 1858

the Kunstkamera had owned as many as 350 crania.

Bust of a woman from Murzak-Koba.

Reconstruction by the cranium

by M. M. Gerasimov

Sculpture of a Neanderthal boy from

Tishik-Tash Cave. Reconstruction

by the cranium and skeleton bones

by M. M. Gerasimov


© МАЭ РАН


237

The most rapid influx of skeletal materials took place in the 1930s–

1970s, when most human remains excavated by archaeological expe-

ditions in this country were shipped to MAE. Moreover, the museum

set up its own expeditions to collect skeletal material.

Also, there are some 2,200 samples of hair of people inhabiting var-

ious geographic regions, masks and busts of representatives of various

physical types both Russian and foreign, negatives and photographs of

people, taken throughout the world, plaster casts of fossils, sculptural

reconstructions of prehistoric people and of certain historical figures.

In 1995 the department together with all its collections (except

anatomical ones) moved to a separate building at 24, Srednii prospect,

Vassilievskii Island.

The department’s staff is currently working on a computer cata-

logue of anthropological collections and on the Russian craniological

data bank. About half of the collections have been input into the Mu-

seum’s informational system KAMIS.Work is being carried out on the

creation of a data base of craniological data on the population of

North-West Russia. The catalogue of Paleolithic, Mesolithic, Neolith-

ic, and Chalcolithic skeletal materials is available in printed form:

◆ Gokhman I. I., Kozintsev A. G. Sistematicheskoe opisanie kollektsii

otdela antropologii MAE. Ch. 1. Osteologicheskie kollektsii. Raz-

del 1. Paleolit, mezolit, neolit i eneolit [A systematic description of

the collections of the Department of Anthropology of MAE. Part 1.

Osteological collections. Section 1. Paleolithic, Mezolithic, Neolithic

and Eneolithic Epochs] // Issledovaniya po paleoantropologii i kra-

niologii SSSR. Leningrad, 1980. P. 182–222. (MAE Collection.

Vol. XXXVI).

Anthropological

photographs of

mongrels of the

Baikal Lake region.

Buryat-Mongolian

anthropological

expedition, 1931


© МАЭ РАН

238


EXPOSITIONS

In autumn 2003 the museum opened a new permanent exhibition ti-

tled Early Natural History Collections of Peter’s Kunstkamera. Designed

in cooperation with Amsterdam Historical Museum and supported by

Wilhelmina Jansen Foundation, the Netherlands, under the joint proj-

ect commemorating St. Petersburg tercentenary, the exposition illus-

Exposition

“Early natural-history

collections of the

Kunstkamera”

Show-case of the exposition with

F. Ryusch’s “dry” preparations

trates the history of the Anatomical Cabinet of Peter’s Kunstkamera.

Specimens prepared by the Dutch anatomist F. Ruysch are demon-

strated alongside the Russian 18th–19th-century anatomical collection

and separate specimens related to natural history (they had been as-

sembled by the Amsterdam apothecary Albert Seba and were also ac-

quired by Peter I during his visit to Holland). The exhibition features

Peter I as a collector, a naturalist, and a quasi-surgeon.

The originators of the exposition (Anna Radzjoen and Jozien Dries-

sen-Van Het Reve) endeavored to decorate it with analogues of the ear-

ly naturalia so as to reconstruct, at least partly, the atmosphere and the

elements of the 18th-century Kunstkamera exposition. The Tsar’s per-

sonal possessions and surgical instruments from his Cabinet, now

owned by the Hermitage, are displayed along with things from St. Pe-

tersburg Zoological Museum, formerly owned by the Kunstkamera:

shells of exotic mollusks, mounted skeletons of fish, stuffed armadil-

los, crocodiles, snakes, a dry specimen of a Surinamese pipa, colorful

eggs, etc.).


© МАЭ РАН


239

There are also facsimile copies of documents and books from St.Pe-

tersburg branch of the Academy of Sciences Archives and the Russian

National Library

The cultural context of the new permanent exposition is provided

by a multi-media program.Visitors are introduced to anatomical stud-

ies by Ruysch’s predecessors and contemporaries (Andreas Vesalius,

Ulysses Aldrovandius, etc.). They make a virtual tour around Europe’s

most famous kunstkameras and see how collections were stored in

17th–18th-century museums.

While preparing the new exhibition, Russian and Dutch specialists

(A. Radzjoen, W. Mulder, etc.) restored more than seventy specimens

made by Ruysch.A new lighting system was installed so as to spare sen-

sitive three-century-old specimens.

Regrettably, rooms featuring human evolution have been closed

down for many years. The roof and the attic above them require an

overhaul, which is due in 2005. When it is completed, the exhibition

will reopen on a hopefully modern technical and informational basis.

Its three parts will be Human Origins, Early History of Mankind, and

Biological Unity and Diversity of Modern Human Populations.

Anthropological collections are exhibited regularly. For example, in

2007 an exhibition was prepared entitled “The faces of our ancestors:

to the 100th anniversary of M. M. Gerasimov”, and a catalogue of this

exhibition was published:

◆ Litsa nashikh predkov: K 100-letiyu so dnya rozhdeniya M. M. Ge-

rasimova [The faces of our ancestors: to the 100th anniversary of

M. M. Gerasimov] / Ed.by Yu.K.Chistov,V.I.Selezneva and A.G.Ko-

zintsev. SPb., MAE RAS, 2007.

At the Museum’s web-site a virtual tour over this exhibition is avail-

able at the following address: http://www.kunstkamera.ru/exhibi-

tions/virtualnye_vystavki/gerasimov/

Temporary exhibition

“The faces of our ancestors:

to the 100th anniversary

of M. M. Gerasimov”

in the MAE. 2007–08


© МАЭ РАН

d e p a r t m e n t o f a r c h a e o l o g y

Phone: (812) 328-00-25


Head of Department

Gennady Khlopachev

Statuette of a woman.

Gagarino site. Upper Palaeolith

(23–21 thousand years ago).

From S. N. Zamyatning’s

excavations. Mammoth tusk

Vessel. Ust'-Polui.Early Iron Age.Excavations by V.S. Adrianov.Clay

Pendant. Ust'-Polui.Early Iron Age.Excavations by V.S. Adrianov.Bronze


© МАЭ РАН

241

The most important archaeological acquisitions of that period are the

famous Siberian collection of gold articles assembled by a Tagil man-

ufacturer A. N. Demidov and donated by him to Peter I in 1715, and

that of gold and silver objects from Astrakhan’ Region. In March 1894,

Academician V. V. Radlov was elected Director of MAE. Already in his

opening speech at the meeting of the Academy of Sciences on March

30th, 1894, he invited the audience “to appeal to the Imperial Archae-

ological Committee for help in the enrichment of the archaeological

department of the museum”. In this address, for the first time, the

archaeological part of MAE is referred to as a department, suggesting

that this was the day when the history of the Department of Archaeo-

logy actually began.

The department’s first staff members were N. M. Mogilyanskii,

D. A. Klementz, and B. F. Adler. Other persons associated with the de-

partment in the early 1900s were I. T. Savenkov and B. E. Petrie.

In the mid-1930s, consultations were received from V. N. Cher-

netsov. Archaeologists who worked at the department in the 1900s–

1950s were V. I. Kamenskii, A. V. Schmidt, K. M. Polikarpovich, and

V. V. Fedorov. A special part in the department’s history and in the

he first collections of Russian antiquities

were acquired in the times of Peter’s

Kunstkamera. In later years, the influx

of archaeological materials to the Kunst-

kamera was rather steady, and after a number

of reorganizations a separate Department

of Archaeology was founded in 1894 as

a structural unit of the Museum.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY

T


© МАЭ РАН

242


emergence of its collections was played by outstanding fig-

ures such as P. P. Efimenko and S. N. Zamyatnin. The former

headed the department in 1933–38. The latter, after having

worked at MAE part-time in 1933–45, became Department

Head in 1945 and ran it until his death in 1958.

In 2000–05 the Department was headed by T. A. Popova,

Cand.Sc., specialist in the sphere of interaction of agricul-

tural peoples of the south-west of Eastern Europe and the

eastern cattle-breeders in Neolithic times.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

These include the study of actual problems of chronology, peri-

odization and transformation of ancient cultures on the territory of

Eastern Europe, the analysis of the changes in the ancient material

culture in the context of environmental changes, the study of inno-

vations in the technologies of pottery, stone and bone tools pro-

duction.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Khlopachev Gennadii, Head of Department, Cand.Sc. (Upper Palae-

olith in Eastern Europe, technologies of ivory, horn and mammoth

tusks treatment in the Stone Age).

Gerasimov Dmitrii, Researcher (interaction between man and envi-

ronment in Eastern Baltic region in the Mesolithic-Neolith ages.).

Gizha Lyudmila, Research Assitant (registration and storage of ar-

chaeological collections).

Bel’sky Stanislav, Research Assistant (Karelia and Ladoga Lake region

in the Bronze Age — the Middle Ages, registration and storage of

archaeological collections).


The most important recent publications of the Department of Ar-

chaeology staff members include the following:

S. N. Zamyatnin

(1899–1958)


© МАЭ РАН


243

◆ Popova T. A. Mnogosloinoe poselenie Polivanov Yar (k evolyutsii

tripol’skoi kul’tury v Srednem Podnestrov’e) [The Stratified Site of

Polivanov Yar, with reference to the Evolution of Tripolye Culture in

the Middle Dnestr basin]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2003. 240 p.

◆ Problemy biologicheskoi i kul’turnoi adaptatsii chelovecheskikh

populyatsii [Problems of biological and cultural adaptation of human

populations]. Vol. 1 Arkheologiya. Adaptatsionnye strategii drev-

nego naseleniya Severnoi Evrazii: syr’e i priemy obrabotki / Ed. by

G. A. Khlopachev. SPb.: Nauka, 2008.

◆ Svod arkheologicheskikh istochnikov Kunstkamery [Collection of

archaeological sources of the Kunstkamera] / Ed.by G.A.Khlopachev.

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2006. Issue 1.


archaeological sources of the Kunstkamera] / Ed. by G. A. Khlopa-

chev. Epokha bronzy — pozdnee srednevekov’e. SPb.: Nauka, 2009.

Issue 2.

◆ Khlopachev G.A. Bivevye industrii verkhnego paleolita Vostochnoi

Evropy [Bivevoi industries of the Upper Palaeolith in Eastern Euro-

pe]. SPb.: Nauka, 2006.

◆ Khronologiya, periodizatsiya i krosskul’turnye svyazi v kul’ture ka-

menogo verka.Zamyatinskii sbornik [Chronology, periodization and

cross-cultural connections in Stone Age culture. Zamyatin’s Collec-

tions] / Ed. by G. A. Khlopachev. SPb.: Nauka, 2008. Issue 1.

◆ Bel’sky S. V. Pogrebal’nye kompleksy tsentral’noi chasti mogil’nika

Kyulyalakhti Kalmistomyaki v Severo-Zapadnom Priladozh’e [Bur-

ial complexes of the central part of the Kyulyalahti Kalmistomyaki bur-

ial in North-West Ladoga Lake region] // Svod arkheologicheskikh

istochnikov Kunstkamery. Epokha bronzy — pozdnee sredneve-

kov’e. SPb.: Nauka, 2008 (together with V.-A. Laakso). Issue 2.

◆ Gerasimov D.V. Okruzhayuschaya sreda i chelovek v rannem golot-

sene Yugo-Vostochnoi Fennoskandii [Environment and man in ear-

ly Holocene in South-East Fennoscandia] // Put’ na sever.Okruzhayu-

schaya sreda i samye rannie obitateli Arktiki i Subarktiki. M., 2008.

P. 134–151. (Together with S. N. Lisitsyn).

◆ Khlopachev G.A. Kop’ya iz dvoinogo pogrebeniya podrostkov Sun-

gir’skoi stoyanki (tekhnologicheskii analiz) [Spears from the double

burial of adolescents of Sungir’skii site (technological analysis)] // In-

situ: to the 85th anniversary of Professor A.D.Stolyar.SPbGU,2006.

P. 69–87). (Together with E. Yu. Girya).

◆ Gerasimov D. V. Archaeology in the former municipality of Johan-

nes // Karelian Isthmus. Stone Age studies in 1998–2003. Iskos 16.

Helsinki, 2008. P. 185–214. (joint authors: Carpelan Ch., Uino P.)

◆ Gerasimov D. V. Archaeological research in the Kurkijoki area in

2001 and 2003: a preliminary study of the Stone Age settlement pat-

terns in southern Ladoga Karelia // Karelian Isthmus. Stone Age


© МАЭ РАН

244


studies in 1998–2003. Iskos 16. Helsinki, 2008. P. 164–184 (joint

authors: Seitsonen O.).

◆ Khlopachev G. A. Les techniques de debitage de l’ivoire dans les

sites de la Plaine Russe au Paleolithique Superieur (25000–13000

av. J.-C.) // Prehistoire Europeenne, Vol. 16–17, Liege, 2000–2002.

P. 215–230.

◆ Khlopachev G. A. The earliest Ice Age dogs: evidence from Elisee-

vichi 1 // Current Anthropology. 2002. Vol. 43/5. P. 795–798. (joint

authors: Mikhail Sablin).

◆ Khlopachev G. A. Possible evidence of mammoth hunting during

the Epigravettian at Yudinovo, Russian Plain // Journal of Anthro-

pological Archaeology. 2008. 27. P. 475–492 (joint authors: Mietje

Germonpré, Mikhail Sablin, Galina Vasilievna Grigorieva).

EXPEDITIONS

The Department’s staff members for many years have been man-

aging the work of the “Desninskaya Palaeolithic expedition of the

MAE RAS” (G. A. Khlopachev), the Karelian (D. V. Gerasimov) and

Ladoga Lake (S. V. Bel’skii) archaeological teams.

CONFERENCES

In April 2007 the Department of Archaeology organized and held the

All-Russian conference “Periodization, chronology and cross-cultural

connections in the Stone Age”, dedicated to the memory of S. N. Za-

myatnin, an outstanding Russian researcher. In the course of the con-

ference questions of cross-cultural interaction in late Pleistocene —

early Holocene were discuess, as well as chronologies and structures of

Upper Palaolith of the Desna River and Kostenkovsko-Borschevskii re-

gions, the appearance of the earlist pottery in Northern Eurasia, and

questions of chronology, periodization and cultural transformations

in the context of environmental changes in Eastern Baltic region dur-

ing the Holocene epoch.

In October 2007 the Department of Archaeology, together with the

Department of Antropology, held and All-Russian conference entitled

“Problems of biological and cultural adaptation of human popula-


© МАЭ РАН


245

tions” (St. Petersburg, MAE RAS). The work of an archaeological sec-

tion “Adaptation strategies of the ancient population of Northern

Eurasia: raw materials and methods of their treatment” was organized.

48 archaeologists from various cities of Russia (St.Petersburg,Moscow,

Vladivostok, Krasnoyarsk, Novosibirsk, Petrozavodsk, Chita, Yuzhno-

Sakhalinsk, Syktyvkar and Khabarovsk) participated in it, as well as re-

searchers from Finland, Estonia and Japan.

An exhibition called “The faces of our ancestors: to the 100th anni-

versary of M. M. Gerasimov” was prepared in time to the conference.

It told about the personality and life of M. M. Gerasimov, a prominent

Russian anthropologist and archaeologist, and about the origin of man

and evolution of ancient material culture (from Middle Palaeolith to

the Iron Age).


In the years immediately ahead, the department will implement sci-

entific research of regional peculiarities of the development of culture

in the Stone Age — the early Metal epoch in Eastern Europe (projects

of RFFR, RSSF, Presidium of RAS), and will continue woking on a

project titled Corpus of Archaeological Collections of the Kunstkamera

that opens a series of publications describing archaeological materials

owned by the Department of Archaeology and addressing their histo-

ry and interpretative potential.

The most important areas of departmental research and museum

activities are development of a concept of the new permanent exhibi-

tion of the hall of archaology, organization and carrying out of tem-

porary exhibition and work on creation of the electronic catalogue of

the Kunstkamera’s archaeological collections.

COLLECTIONS

The archaeological depository of MAE is the oldest and one of the

largest in Russia. It contains vast and unique materials related to pre-

historic cultures of Eurasia and other continents and spanning the pe-

riods from the Lower Paleolithic (500 thousand years ago) to the Mid-

dle Ages (AD 1000–1200).


© МАЭ РАН

246


The first stage in the accumulation of the museum’s archaeological

materials was rather long: from the establishment of the Kunstkamera

(1714) to the emergence of MAE on the basis of its collections (1879).

An important part during that period was played by the Imperial Russ-

ian Archaeological Society, the Imperial Russian Geographical Society

as well as by L. I. Schrenk, P. V. Alabin and A. S. Uvarov, who donated

their collections to MAE. The contribution made by Academician Karl

von Baer was enormous.

The second stage in the accretion of archaeological collections spans

the period between the foundation of MAE and the establishment of

the Department of Archaeology within it (1879–94). The time was

marked by the acquisition of antiquities from remote regions of Rus-

sia such as Siberia (I. T. Savenkov) and Sakhalin (I. S. Polyakov).

The third stage coincided with the turn of the century and the fi-

nal pre-revolutionary years (1894–1917). During that time, the De-

partment gained an organizational status within MAE and a goal-ori-

ented enrichment of its collections went on.

The period between 1917 and 1970 was the most productive since

the influx of archaeological finds from expeditions working all over the

USSR was especially intense.

Today, the archaeological depositories of MAE contain over one

thousand collections comprising nearly 600 thousand specimens.

EpochsNumber of collections

Number of specimens

Paleolithic 120 200 000

Mesolithic 30 60 000

Neolithic 255 90 000

Chalcolithic 39 60 000

Bronze and Iron Ages

567 172 000

Stone Age materials are especially numerous. In terms of their abun-

dance, the archaeological depository of the Kunstkamera ranks first

among the museums of Russia and CIS, and one of the first among

world museums.

Based on finds from many key sites, sections were opened such as

Prehistory of Russia and CIS, Lower Paleolithic, and Upper Paleolith-

ic. That of the Lower Paleolithic includes finds from Teshik-Tash,

Sukhaya Mechetka and other sites in the Crimea, the Caucasus, and

Western Central Asia. The Upper Paleolithic section comprises collec-

tions from world-famous sites on the Russian Plain (Tel’manskaya,

Kostenki-1, 2, 3, 4, 14, and 15, Gagarino, Eliseyevichi, and Yudinovo)

and in Siberia (Afontova Gora, Mal’ta, and Kokorevo).


© МАЭ РАН


247

These places have yielded numerous first-rate works of early art.

Suffice it to mention an amazing series of female figurines, a large

group of animal figurines made of ivory and chalk, ivory plates, and

ivories decorated with geometric patterns and zoomorphous images.

Importantly, the number of Upper Paleolithic female figurines made

of ivory and chalk is ten. This is an impressive set, given that the total

number of such specimens excavated in Russia is about sixty,and West-

ern European museums own no more than a dozen similar images.

“Churinga”. Eliseevichi 1

site. Upper Palaeolith


From K. M. Polikarpovich’s


“Fibula”. Yudinovo site.

Upper Palaeolith


From Z. A. Abramova’s


Pendant in the form

of a bird. Malta site.

Upper Palaeolith

(21 thousand years ago).

From M. M. Gerasimov’s


Statuette of a woman. Gagarino site.

Upper Palaeolith (23–21 thousand

years ago). From S. N. Zamyatning’s


Statuette of a woman. Eliseevichi 1 site.


years ago). From K. M. Polikarpovich’s


Statuette of a woman. Gagarino site.


years ago). From S. N. Zamyatning’s



© МАЭ РАН

248


Highly important collections come from Mesolithic and Neolithic

sites in northwestern Russia and Siberia. One of the best known is

Oleneostrovskii burial ground on Yuzhnyi Olenii Island, Lake Onega,

the richest and the most unique among the synchronous sites in North-

eastern Europe, one that contained the largest number of prehistoric

works of art.

The department possesses materials from chronologically diverse

sites of Tripolye — an original Chalcolithic culture (4000–2000 BC),

and rich Scythian collections.

Rod with a top in the form

of an elk’s head. Yuzhnyi

Olenii Island. Burial 153.

Late Mesolithic Age.

From V .I. Ravdonikas’s

excavations. Deer horn

(general view and detail)

A special place is occupied by materials from the Ust’-Polui site

(Yamalo-Nentskii autonomous region) from V. S. Adrianov’s excava-

tions of 1935–36. These collections contain 18 thousand items, in-

cluding everyday objects, weapons and hunting equipment, as well as

numerous works of art made of bones and horns.

The archaeological collections of the Kunstkamera were formed

through the efforts of several generations of prominent Russian re-


© МАЭ РАН


249

Dagger. Tagarskaya culture.

7th–5th century BC. Bronze

Pendant with sheep heads.

Tagarskaya culture.

7th–5th century BC. Bronze

Necklace made

of spotted beads.

4th–3rd century BC.

Scythian

searchers such as I. S. Polyakov, I. T. Savenkov, K. S. Merezhkovskii,

B. E. Petrie, P. P. Efimenko, G. A. Bonch-Osmolovskii, V. A. Gorodtsov,

V. I. Ravdonikas, A. P. Okladnikov, V. N. Chernetsov, A. V. Schmidt,

S. N. Zamyatnin, S. N. Bibikov, P. I. Boriskovskii, N. N. Gurina,A. N. Ro-

gachev, V. V. Fedorov, etc.

The Department owns numerous documents and archives of pho-

tographs (more than 1,500 items).


© МАЭ РАН

250


Archaeological collections of MAE are described in several publi-

cations some of which are catalogues:

Depiction of three birds.

Ust’-Polui. Early Iron Age.

From V. S. Adrianov’s excavations.

Bronze, cast

An anthropomorphic image (face).

Ust’-Polui. Early Iron Age.


Bronze, cast

Spoon with an image of an elk’s

head. Ust’-Polui. Early Iron Age.


Horn, carving

◆ Nechaeva L. G., Popova T. A., Fedorov V. V., Fradkin E. E. Arkheo-

logicheskoe cobranie Muzeya antropologii i etnograpfii im.Petra Ve-

likogo AN SSSR [Archaeological Collections of Peter the Great Muse-

um of Anthropology and Ethnography] // 250 let Muzeya antropologii

i etnografii im. Petra Velikogo. Leningrad, 1964. P. 151–168. (MAE

Collection, Vol. XXII).

◆ Popova T. A. Kollektsii A. P. Okladnikova v arkheologicheskom so-

branii MAE [A. P. Okladnikov’s collections in the archaeological de-

positories of MAE] // Problemy drevnikh kul’tur Sibiri. Novosibirsk,

1985. P. 38–45.

◆ Popova T. A. Drevnie kul’tury Sibiri (po materialam arkheologich-

eskogo sobraniya MAE) [Prehistoric cultures of Siberia (based on the


© МАЭ РАН


251

archaeological collection of MAE)] // Material’naya i dukhovnaya kul’-

tura narodov Sibiri. Leningrad, 1988. P. 159–187. (MAE Collection,

Vol. XLII).

◆ Popova T. A., Ravnushkin L. V. Kollektsii S. N. Zamyatnina, khra-

nyaschiesya v otdele arkheologii MAE RAN [S. N. Zamyatnin’s col-

lections at MAE Department of Archaeology] // Materialy mezhdu-

narodnoi konferentsii “Lokal’nye razlichiya v kamennom veke”,

posvyaschennoi 100-letiyu so dnya rozhdeniya S. N. Zamyatnina.

SPb., 1999. P. 18–27.

◆ Svod arkheologicheskikh istochnikov Kunstkamery [Collection of ar-

chaeological sources of the Kunstkamera] / Ed. by G. A. Khlopachev.

SPb.: MAE RAS, 2006. Issue 1.


archaeological sources of the Kunstkamera] / Ed. by G. A. Khlopa-

chev. Epokha bronzy — pozdnee srednevekov’e. SPb.: Nauka, 2009.

Issue 2.

EXPOSITION

The permanent exposition illustrating human origins and the early his-

tory of mankind has been closed down for many years. The reason is

technical (the roof and the attic above the exposition hall need a cost-

ly repair). The exposition had three main sections: “Origin of Man”,

“Stages of the Prehistoric Society”, and “Biological Unity and Diversi-

ty of Human Populations”. The repair is forthcoming, and after it the

exposition will be reopened on a modern technical and information-

al level.

The theoretical background for the archaeological part of the fu-

ture exposition “The origin of man”. It is assumed, that the new expo-

sition will agree with all requirements to modern museums.While the

educational aspect will be the top priority, finds from key sites, housed

at the Department of Archaeology and illustrating the main stages in

cultural evolution, will be preferred. Works of prehistoric art owned

by the museum will feature very largely.


© МАЭ РАН

department of the history of kunstkamera and 18th century russian science

Phone: (812) 328-12-11 : (812) 328-10-11


Head of Department

Tatiana Moiseeva (acting as)

Astronomical quadrant.

Muhammad b. Ahmad al-Musa.

Damascus. Anno Hegirae 743

(AD 1354–1356).

Brass, stamping, engraving

Large telescopic spyglass.

I. I. Belyaev, F. Rosenberg.

St. Petersburg, Academy

of Sciences toolroom. 1760s.

Cardboard, binding paper,

mahogany, glass, calf skin


© МАЭ РАН

253

DEPARTMENT OF THE HISTORY OF KUNST-KAMERA AND 18th CENTURY RUSSIAN SCIENCE (M. V. LOMONOSOV MUSEUM)

M. V. Lomonosov Museum was founded by the

decision of the Presidium of the Academy of Sci-

ences in 1947 as a structural unit of the Institute

of Ethnography. In 1953 it was transferred from

this institute to the newly-created Institute for the

History of Natural Science and Engineering. In

1993 it was returned to Peter the Great Museum

of Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkam-

era) as its branch with the preservation of its own

research profile, collections, photographic and

other archives, and library. The Department re-

ceived its present name in 2009.

Lomonosov Museum was opened on January

5th, 1949, in the upper part of the tower of the

fter the foundation of the Academy

of Sciences in 1724, Kunstkamera became

one of its key parts, and has played an

enormous role in the formation of Russian

science. The Kunstkamera housed not only

the museum collections, but also a library,

a dissection room, a physical laboratory,

and an astronomic observatory, and it was

the place where the first Academy members

worked, M.V. Lomonosov among them.

His life beginning from his first steps at

the Academy was inseparably linked with

the Kunstkamera.

A

M. V. Lomonosov.

Painted by L. S. Miropol’skii, 1787


© МАЭ РАН

254


Kunstkamera,where Mikhail Vassilievich Lomonosov, the first Russian

scientist of encyclopedic scope, had worked in 1741–65, and which by

that time had become the only remaining building of the 18th-centu-

ry academic complex.

Lomonosov’s first task after he had become Academy member was

to compile The Catalogue of Stones and Fossils of the Kunstkamera. It

was published in Latin in 1745. He continued studying and describing

the museum’s collection of minerals started by Academician I.Gmelin.

Next Lomonosov set to work at the physical laboratory under the di-

rection of Academician G.Kraft,where he spent much time in the cam-

era obscura experimenting with the diffraction of light. Lomonosov

used the instruments owned by the physical laboratory all his life

through, and he used to take some of them home to conduct experi-

ments. He spent many hours at the library and at the observatory

where he made his first steps in disciplines such as meteorology, car-

tography, geography, and astronomy.

After the 1747 fire, the observatory virtually ceased functioning

and the activities of all cabinets of the Kunstkamera and of its library

were suspended for long. Under these conditions, the Academy mem-

bers including Lomonosov had no option but to work mainly at their

own cabinets and observatories.

The Kunstkamera building was reconstructed by S. I. Chevakinskii

in 1751–57 with several changes that affected its architecture.The most

conspicuous one was the disappearance of the top of the tower, ren-

dering the building uncrowned in the literal sense. Only in 1947–48

were the top of the tower and the armillary sphere recon-

structed, after which the Kunstkamera regained its original

appearance. The reconstruction project was authored by

R. I. Kaplan-Ingel, one of the sponsors and the first director

of Lomonosov Museum.

Within a short period, despite the lack of special museum

equipment and tight deadlines of Lomonosov Museum’

funds formation, T.V. Stanyukovich, a specialist in 18th-cen-

tury Russian culture, managed to set up, in cooperation with

Kaplan-Ingel, the exposition and to outline the research di-

rections of the future museum,which was to become the cen-

ter for studying Lomonosov’s life and work in the context of 18th-cen-

tury Russian culture and science.

Thanks to the assistance of President of the Academy of Sciences

S. I. Vavilov, materials falling within the museum’s scope were trans-

ferred there from various academic institutions and national museums

and were acquired from private persons and antique shops. The ac-

cretion of museum collections also occurred through donations. Be-

cause very few Lomonosov’s personal possessions had been preserved,

it was decided to reconstruct the typical interiors of his epoch.

Р. И. Каплан-Ингель


© МАЭ РАН


255

Initially, the museum staff consisted of just three persons: R. I. Kap-

lan-Ingel, the architect who had reconstructed the top of the tower,

T. V. Stanyukovich, an historian in charge of the exposition, and

V. L. Chenakal, a specialist in optics and instrumentation, who head-

ed the museum in later years. After the museum had become part of

the Institute for the History of Natural Science and Engineering,

T. V. Stanyukovich remained in the staff of the Institute of Ethnogra-

phy. Her successor at Lomonosov Museum was N.V. Sokolova, anoth-

er specialist in 18th-century Russian culture. Later the staff was joined

by R. B. Gorodinskaya, I.A. Breneva and T. M. Moiseeva. In 1993–2002

the Lomonosov Museum of the MAE RAS was headed by E.P.Karpeev.

In 2002–08 it was headed by T. M. Moiseeva, who at present is acting

as head of department.

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

Lomonosov Museum staff members carry on the study of Lomono-

sov’s heritage, 18th-century Russian culture and science, and the mu-

seum’s 18th–20th-century collections. They have elaborated a tenta-

tive program for the celebration of Lomonosov’s tercentenary in 2011.

The work includes the preparation, together with St. Petersburg Insti-

tute for Linguistic Research, of Lomonosov’s Lexicon, and the publica-

tion of the museum catalog. This program has become a starting point

for the activities of Lomonosov Committee within Saint-Petersburg

Scientific Center of the Academy of Sciences.

Under the project of the MAE RAS titled Chronicle of M. V. Lomo-

nosov’s Chemical Laboratory (2006–08, E. P. Karpeev was working on

the theme Code of M. V. Lomonosov’s chemical terms, and T. M. Moise-

eva — on the theme M.V. Lomonosov’s chemical laboratory as a research

and educational unit of 18th century Academy of Sciences. Its equipment

and set of tools.

DEPARTMENT STAFF

Moiseeva Tatiana, acting as Head of Department (complex museums

of 18th–21st-century St. Petersburg compared to European muse-

ums; Lomonosov and 18th-century Russian science).

Grishushin Pavel,Cand.Sc.,Research Assistant (collections of M.V.Lo-

monosov Museum).


© МАЭ РАН

256


Demakov Il’ya, Research Assistant (on contract basis) (collections of

M.V. Lomonosov Museum).

Kravchenko Tatyana, Research Assistant (collections of M. V. Lomo-

nosov Museum).

Petrova Ol’ga,Research Assistant (collections of M.V.Lomonosov Mu-

seum).

Smirnova Ol’ga, Research Assistant (collections of M. V. Lomonosov

Museum).


Recent monographs and other publication by museum staff members

include the following:

◆ Breneva I.V. Istoriya Instrumental’noi palaty Peterburgskoi Akade-

mii Nauk 1724–1766 gg. [History of St. Petersburg Academy of Sci-

ences Toolroom in 1724–66]. SPb.: Nauka, 1999. 101 p.

◆ Breneva I. V., Moiseeva T. M. Muzei Lomonosova: Putevoditel’

[Lomonosov Museum: Guidebook]. SPb., 1995. 62 p.

◆ Breneva I.V.,Moiseeva T.M.Vossozdanie “Kabineta uchenogo 18 ve-

ka” v muzee M. V. Lomonosova [Reconstruction of ‘An 18th-century

researcher’s cabinet’ in M. V. Lomonosov Museum] // Kunstkamera.

Etrnograficheskie tetradi. SPb., 1996. # 10. P. 209–214.

◆ Karpeev E.P.Bol’shoi Gottorpskii globus [The Big Gottorp Globe].SPb.:

MAE RAN. 2003. 91 p. (Reprinted in Russian and German, 2003).

◆ Karpeev E. P. Russkaya kul’tura i Lomonosov [Russian culture and

Lomonosov] / Ed. by T. M. Moiseeva. SPb.: Nauka, 2005.

◆ Karpeev E. P., Moiseeva T. M. O podgotovke k 300-letnemu yubi-

leyu M. V. Lomonosova [About preparations for M. V. Lomonosov’s

300th anniversary] // Trudy ob’edinennogo naucnogo soveta po

gumanitarnym problemam i istoriko-kul’turnomu nasleniyu 2005.

Nauka, 2006. P. 136–143.

◆ Karpeev E.P.,Shafranovskaya T.K.Kunstkamera.SPb.:Almaz,1996.

◆ Kondrasheva E. A. Mints-Kabinet Peterburgskoi Kunstkamery:

Kollektsii i inter’ery [Minz-cabinet of St. Petersburg Kunstkamera:

Collections and interiors] // Muzeinye kollektsii i nauchnye issle-

dovaniya: Materialy godich. nauch. Sessii MAE RAN 2000. Sbornik

MAE. SPb.: MAE, 2004. (MAE Collections. Vol. XLIX).

◆ Chenakal V. L.,Andreeva G.A., Pavlova G. E., Sokolova N.V. (Com-

piled by). Letopis’ zhizni i tvorchestva M. V. Lomonosova [Chroni-

cle of life and work of M. V. Lomonosov]. M.; L.: Izd-vo AN SSSR,

1961.


© МАЭ РАН


257

◆ Lomonosov: Sb. statei [Lomonosov: Collection of articles]. M.;

L.; Izd-vo AN SSSR. 1951, Vol. 3; 1960, Vol. 4; 1961, Vol. 5; 1991,

Vol. 9.

◆ M. V. Lomonosov. Kratkii entsiklopedicheskii slovar’ [M. V. Lomo-

nosov: A Concise Encyclopedia] / Compiled and edited by E. P. Kar-

peev. SPb.: Nauka, 1999. 258 p. (Reprinted 2001).

◆ Moiseeva T.M.Petrovskaya Kunstkamera v kontekste zapadnoevro-

peiskikh muzeev XVI–XVIII vv. [Peter’s Kunstkamera in the context

of West-European museums of the 16th–18th centuries] // 285 let Pe-

terburgskoi Kunstkamere.Materialy itogovoi nauchnoi konferentsii

MAE RAN,posvyaschennoi 285-letiyu Kunstkamery.Sbornik MAE.

T. XLVIII. SPb., 2000. P. 24–34 (MAE Collections. Vol. XLVIII).

◆ Moiseeva T. M. Armillyarnaya sfera iz sobraniya Muzeya M. V. Lo-

monosova kak ob’ekt mezhdunarodnogo izucheniya [The armillary

sphere from M. V. Lomonosov Museums as subject for international

research] // Istoriya tekhniki i muzeinoe delo: Sbornik trudov. Is-

sue 1–4. M., 2007. P. 211–216.

◆ Moiseeva T. M. G. V. Kraft i Fizicheskii cabinet Akademii Nauk

[G. V. Kraft and the Physics Cabinet of the Academy of Sciences] //

G. F. Miller i russkaya kul’tura: Sbornik statei / Ed. By D. Dalmann,

G. I. Smagina. SPb., 2007. P. 330–339.

◆ Moiseeva T. M. Euler i stanovlenie metricheskoi sistemy v Rossii

[Euler and the establishment of the metric system in Russia] // Leonard

Ehler i sovremennaya nauka: Materialy Mezhdunarodnoi nauchnoi

konferentss. SPb., 2007. P. 340–346.

◆ Moiseeva T.M.Nauchnye instrumenty Peterburgskoi Kunstkamery:

ot “kut’eznykh eksperimentov” do experimental’nykh nauk [Scien-

tific instruments of St. Petersburg Kunstkamera: from ‘curious exper-

iments’ to experimental sciences] // Voprosy istorii estestvoznyaniya

i tekhniki. M., 2008. # 1. P. 65–80.

◆ Moiseeva T. M. Peterburgskoe vremya. Na rubezhe tysyacheletii.

Spravochnik-katalog vystavki (russkii/angl.) [St. Petersburg times.At

the turn of the milleniums. Reference-catalogue of the exhibition

(Russian/English)] SPb., 2000. 40 p.

◆ Stanyukovich T. V. Kunstkamera Peterburgskoi Akademii nauk

[Kunstkamera of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences]. M.; L.: Izd-vo

AN SSSR, 1953.

◆ Chenakal V. L. Ocherki po istorii russkoi astronomii [Essays on the

history of Russian astronomy]. M.; L.: Nauka, 1951.

◆ Chenakal V. L. Russkie priporosrtoiteli pervoi poloviny XVIII v.

[Russian instrument-makers of the first half of the 18th century]. L.:

Prosveschenie, 1953.

◆ Chenakal V.L.Dva neizvestnykh proekta observatorii Peterburgskoi

Akademii nauk, otnosyaschikhsya k seredine XVIII v. [Two un-

known projects of observatory of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences


© МАЭ РАН

258


that date to mid 18th century] // Istoriko-astronomicheskie issle-

dovaniya. M.; L.: Fizmatgiz. 1955. Issue I.

◆ Chenakal V. L. Astronomicheskaya observatoriya Peterbugskoi

Akademii nauk v kontse tridtsatykh godov XVIII v. [The astro-

nomical observatpru of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences in late

1730s] // Istoriko-astronomicheskie issledovaniya. M.: Fizmatgiz.

1956. Issue II.

◆ Chenakal V.L.Proektirovanie, stroitel’stvo i osnaschenie instrumen-

tami pervoi astronomicheskoi observatorii Peterburgskoi Akademii

nauk [Design, construction and equipment of the first astronomical

observatory of St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences] // Istoriko-asrtro-

nomicheskie issledovaniya. M.; L.: Fizmatfiz. 1957. Issue III.

◆ Chenakal V. L. Zazhigatel’nye stekla i zerkala Tschirnhausa v Rossii

[Ignition glasses and mirrors of Tschirnhaus in Russia] // Trudy IIET.

M.: 1960. Vol. 34.

◆ Chenakal V. L. Watchmakers and clockmakers in Russia 1400 to

1850. London. 1972.

◆ Moisseeva T.Das Lomonossov Museum und annotazionen // Palast

des Wissens. Band 1-Katalog. München. 2003. S. 174; S. 75–78, 161–

162, 177–189, 192–194, 267–268.

◆ Moisseeva T. Das Reform der zeitmessung in Russland und die

St.Petersburger Akademie der Wissenschaften // Palast des Wissens.

Band 2-Beitrage. München. 2003. S. 243–248.

◆ Moisseeva T. Scientifica of the Petersburg Kunstkamera as the in-

struments for the introduction of the new European knowledge in

Russia // XXIII Scientific Instrument Symposium. Abstracts. Dres-

den. 2004. P. 67.

◆ Moisseva T. Pierre le Grand, De la Moscovie à L’Empire // Du Tsar

à l’Impereur. Moscou–Saint-Pétersbourg. Bruxelles. 2005. PP. 116–

126.

◆ Moiseeva T.The Chemical laboratory of Lomonosov is the First Sci-

entific and Educational laboratory in Russia // XXV Scientific In-

strument Symposium “East and West the Common European Her-

itage”. Book of Abstracts. Krakow. 2006. P. 71

◆ Moisseva T. Les Suisses et la création de l’Académie Pierre le Grand //

Suisse-Russie: des Siècles d’Amour et d’Oubli 1680–2006. Fribourg.

2006. P. 35–42.

◆ Moisejeva T. und Smirnova O. A. Die Ursprünge des russischen

Porzellans // Keramos. Heft 202. Düsseldorf, 2008. S. 57–64.

◆ Moisseeva T. Scientifica of the Petersburg Kunstkamera as the In-

struments for the Introduction of the New European Knowledge

in Russia // European Collections of Scientific Instruments, 1550–

1750 / Scientific Instruments and Collections: Studies Published un-

der Auspices of the Scientific Instrument Commission. Vol. I. Gen.

ed. Giorgio Strano. Leiden–Boston, 2009. P. 161–169.


© МАЭ РАН


259

CONFERENCES

Ever since its foundation, Lomonosov Museum has been sponsoring

the annual Lomonosov Lectures that take part in his memorial days.

Currently they are being held at Lomonosov Central Library of Vas-

sileostrovskii District and at Lomonosov Grammar School. Also, the

museum has co-sponsored the conference Luminaries of Russian Sci-

ence in St. Petersburg and the international conference Peter’s Kunst-

kamera in the Context of Western European Museums: the Past and the

Future (2002). On the whole, the museum staff members have taken

part in 29 international and 25 local conferences.

COLLECTIONS

Today the museum’s small collection comprises Lomonosov’s few pre-

served personal possessions,mosaic portraits made at his workshop in-

cluding the masterpiece Portrait of Peter I, rare smalt artifacts made at

Lomonosov’s own stained-glass factory, and things excavated from the

remains of Russia’s first scientific chemical laboratory founded by

him. Also, the museum owns unique scientific 14th–19th-cen-

tury apparatus, first and foremost the Kunstkamera’s own ex-

hibits which, after a long interval, were returned to the

museum. The most unique one is the Big Gottorp

Globe — the first exhibit of the Kunstkamera,

placed there in 1726 when the building was still

incomplete.

The 1747 fire spared only the door of the

Globe and some metal parts. It was fully restored

only by late 1700s, and in later years it was more

than once moved from one place to another in St.

Petersburg and Tsarskoe Selo, from where it was

carried off to Germany during World War II. In the

late 1940s, during the reconstruction of the tower, it

was returned to its original place. At present the fa-

mous globe, in fact a planetarium 3.10 m in diam-

eter is located in the fifth tier of the tower. In the

third tier,where the Globe had stood before the 1747

fire, numerous old scientific instruments are cur-

M. V. Lomonosov’s mosaic

“Peter I”. 1750s.

Russia. Glass, wood, mixture

of alabaster and chalk, gilding


© МАЭ РАН

260


rently exhibited, including a burning-glass, the only one in Russia

made by the German optician E. von Tschirnhaus (in the 1700s it be-

longed among the apparatus of Kunstkamera’s physical laboratory). It

Door of the Big

Gottorp Globe

The Big Gottorp Globe.

Schleswig-Holstein

Duchy, Germany.

Mid-17th century.

Reconstructed by

Russian masters after

the 1747 fire

was used by the head of the laboratory, Academician G. V. Kraft to

demonstrate “curious experiments” before Empress Anna Ioanovna

and other noble persons.

Scientific instruments for the physical laboratory and the observa-

tory were not only purchased abroad by the Academy of Sciences, but

were also manufactured at its tool-rooms. Some, such as the electro-

static machine and press, the air pump, iron converters and glass flasks,

which were also used in demonstrational experiments, have played an

important part in the emergence of experimental science in Russia,and

their prominent place among the exhibits of Lomonosov Museum is

well-earned.

Certain apparatus, while being unrelated to 18th-century Academy

of Sciences, is unique, at least in Russia. It includes a planisphere as-

trolabe made in 1564 by a Flemish master G. Arsenius and owned by

K.Wallenstein, the Austrian general in the Thirty Years’War (1618–48),

an adding machine made by E. Jacobson in Nesvizh, Belorussia, in

mid-1700s, and astronomical instruments made in Islamic and Euro-

pean countries in the 14th–18th centuries.

Turning to books, the museum’s collection contains many rari-

ties including foreign and Russian 16th–18th-century publications

which were the first to be received by the Library of the Academy of

Sciences. Many are illustrated with prints that are both artistic and


© МАЭ РАН


261

rich in scientific information. The latter feature was

especially valued by Peter I, who promoted the art

of engraving in Russia. The place where this art orig-

Main lens of the ignition device

made by E. W. von Tschirnhaus

(1651–1708)

Planisphere astrolabe.

Gaulterus Arsenius (1510–1580).

Flanders, 1568.

Brass, gilt, stamping,

engraving

Adding machine.

E. Jacobson. Nesvizh, Minsk

Province. Mid-18th century.

Brass, copper, gilt, stamping,

engraving

inated in this country was the Engraving Chamber

of the Academy. The first gala album published by

its masters in two formats featured the Academy

buildings and was titled Chambers of the Imperial


© МАЭ РАН

262


Academy of Sciences, of the Library and of the Kusntkamera. Its sec-

ond version (1744) belongs in the Lomonosov Museum collection.

The collection of more than 250 engravings and lithographs,

arranged by themes, is both artistically and historically valuable. It

contains quite a few first prints and rare examples of 15th– 18th-cen-

tury Russian and European graphics.

EXPOSITIONS

The Department of the history of Kunstkamera and 18th century Rus-

sian science has three expositions situated on the 3–5 levels of the Kun-

stkamera building tower: M. V. Lomonosov and the Academy of Sciences

in the 18th Century, The First Astronomical Observatory of the Academy

of Sciences, and The Big Gottorp Globe. They all were reordered in

2003–04 after the general overhaul and reconstruction of the tower.

The expositions display paintings and sculptures, most important-

ly the portraits of Lomonosov and his contemporaries, artware, appa-

ratus, books, furniture, and illuminators. Taken together, they gener-

ate the atmosphere of the 1700s, the age of changes in Russian socie-

Dioptrics.

Engraved by J. Edelink

after Potr’s drawing.

Frontispiece to

“La diptrique oculaire”.

Late 18th century


© МАЭ РАН


263

ty, the backdrop against which the novel science-based worldview

emerged and new scientific knowledge originated, to which Lomono-

sov, the first Renaissance figure in Russian science, dedicated his life.

The Department conducts intense exhibitional activity.Over the last

years, apart from designing new standing expositions, the Department

participated in a number of temporary exhibitions in Russia and

abroad.

Fragments of the exposition

“The first astronomic

observatory of the Academy

of Sciences”. MAE. 2004

Exposition “M. V. Lomonosov

and the 18th century

Academy of Science”.

MAE. 2004


© МАЭ РАН

c e n t e r o f p o l i t i c a l a n d s o c i a l a n t h r o p o l o g y

Phone.: (812) 328-41-52, Ext. 113.


Head of Center

Vladimir Popov (acting as)

Figure of a woman.Zaramo. Tanzania.20th century. Wood

Figure of a horse.

Bambara. Mali.

20th century.

Wood, metal,

vegetable fiber


© МАЭ РАН

265

CENTER OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

MAIN RESEARCH AREAS

Among the most important spheres of the Center activity are the fol-

lowing: ethno-political culture of archaic and non-traditional soci-

eties; potestarity symbolism (primarily, the study of symbols and at-

tributes of power on the materials of the MAE collections); political

processes (major factors and the specifics of potestary-political hier-

archy and problems of charismatic leadership establishment); anthro-

pology of kinship, gender and age.

CPSA STAFF

Popov Vladimir, Dr.Sc., acting as Head of CPSA, Chief Researcher (an-

thropology of kinship and age, political-genetic processes, ethno-

political science, ethnography of the Akan people and other peo-

ples of Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire).

Arsen’ev Vladimir, Cand.Sc., Senior Researcher (ethno-museology,

field research methods, social and political anthropology of Africa,

Bambara and West Sudan ethnography, Russian in world civiliza-

tion process).

he Center of Political and Social Anthropology

(CPSA) was founded in November 2006 as a

thematic structural division of the MAE, aimed

at development and coordination of research in

the sphere of actual problems of political and

social anthropology.

T


© МАЭ РАН

266


Siim Anna, Cand.Sc., Junior Researcher (cultural anthropology, theo-

retical museology, traditional art of Tropical Africa).


Among scientific works authored by CPSA staff, the following are the

most important ones:

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Zveri — bogi — lyudi [Animals — Gods — People].

M.: Politizdat, 1991. 160 p.

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Al’ternativy buduschego [Future alternatives]. SPb.:

Evropeiskii dom, 1996. 40 p.

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Bambara: lyudi v perekhodnoi ekonomike [People in

transitional economy]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 1997. 260 p.

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Bambara: ot obraza zhizni k obrazam mira i proizve-

deniyam iskusstva: opyt etnograficheskogo muzeevedeniya [Bam-

bara: from lifestyle to world outlook and works of art: an experience

of ethnographical museology]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 2000. 270 p.

◆ Arsen’ev V. R. Osnovnye ponyatiya etnosofii [Main concepts of eth-

nosophie]. Les notions principales de l’Ethnosophie. (Manifestation

# 7a). SPb.: Evropeiskii dom, 2006. 94 p.

◆ Arsen’ev V.A.L’Afrique: une affection partagee.Quelques approches

a la methode et aux Experiences applicatives.SPb.: Evropeiskii dom,

2008. 180 p.

◆ Popov V. A. The Ashanti in the 19th century. Opyt etnosotsiologi-

cheskogo issledovaniya [An experience of ethno-sociological research].

M.: Glavnaya redaktsiya vostochnoi literatury izdatel’stva “Nauka”,

1982. 176 p.

◆ Popov V. A. Etnosotsial’naya istoriya akanov v XVI–XIX vekakh.

Problemy genezisa i stadial’no-formatsionnogo razvitiya etnopo-

liticheskikh organizmov [Ethno-social history of the Akan people in

the 16th–19th century. Problems of genesis and phased-formational

development of ethno-political organisms]. M.: Glavnaya redaktsiya

vostochnoi literatury izdatel’stva “Nauka”, 1990. 280 p.

◆ Popov V. A. Potestarnost’: genesis i evolyutsiya [Potestarity: genesis

and evolution]. SPb.: MAE RAS, 1997. 214 p. (joint authorship)

◆ Popov V.A. (Ed.).Arabskie istochniki XIII–XIV vekov po etnografii

i istorii Afriki yuzhnee Sakhary [Arabic sources of the 13th–14th cen-

turies on ethnography and history of Sub-Saharan Africa].Vol. 4. M.:

Vostochnaya literature, 2002. 624 p.

◆ Popov V. A. Kto my takie? (O nominativnoi funktsii nauki, ili k

antropologii antropologii) [Who are we? (About the nominative


© МАЭ РАН


267

function of science, or on the anthropology of anthropology)] //

Antropologicheskii forum. Spetsial’nyi vypusk k 6 Kongressu etno-

grafof i antropologov Rossii. SPb., 2005. P. 87–93.

◆ Popov V. A. Antropologiya rodstva i gendernye issledovnaiya: aktu-

al’nye problemy i metodologicheskie podkhody [Anthropology of

kinship and gender researchers: actual problems and methodological

approaches] // Radlovskii sbornik.SPb.: MAE RAS,2008.P.351–361.

◆ Siim A. Yu. Afrikanskoe iskusstvo: obraznyi i intellektua’nyi resurs

[African art: figurative and intellectual resource] // Peterburgskaya

afrikanistika. Sbornik v chest’ 70-letiya A. A. Zhukova. SPb., 2008.

P. 62–81.

EXPEDITIONS

In 2007–09 A.Yu. Siim realized the following expedition projects:

“African substratum in the material culture of Brazil population”

(November–December 2007, Bahia state, Saõ-Paolo). The following

Ritual objects of

Afro-Brazilians.

20th century.

Papier-mâché, paint


© МАЭ РАН

268


collections were donated to the MAE RAS:

“Material culture of Afro-Brazilians” and

“Black Paris: African Diaspora and tradi-

tional African art in the sphere of consump-

tion” from France and Brazil (African dias-

pora in Brazil, Afro-Brazilians).

“Traditional art of the peoples of West

Africa in higher education system”(Novem-

ber 2008, Mali, Burkina Faso, Guinea, Sier-

ra-Leone). The MAE received a collection

of everyday and ritual objects, traditional

sculpture and masks from Mali,Burkina Fa-

so, Guinea, Sierra-Leone (the Bambara, Do-

gon, Lobi, Mosi, Gurunsi, Fula, Mende peo-

ple, etc.)

“Material culture and art of the peoples

of East Africa (February–March 2009, Tan-

zania, the Democratic Republic of Congo,

Mozambique). The MAE received a collec-

tion of everyday and ritual objects, tradi-

tional sculpture and masks from Tanzania,

the Democratic Republic of Congo, Mo-

zambique (Swahili, Nyamwezi, Kuba, Hem-

ba, Makonde, etc.)

In 2005 V. R.Arsen’ev collected and brought

to the MAE a collection of ritual and every-

day objects, traditional sculpture and masks

from Mali (44 items, the Bambara, Dogon,

Mosi, Fula peoples).

SEMINARS

In 2007 a permanent (monthly) scientific-

methodological seminar was organized by

the CPSA called “Anthropology of kinship

and gender studies” (Scientific adviser

V. A. Popov).

Woman figure.

Bambara, Malinke.

Mali, Guinea.

20th century. Wood


© МАЭ РАН


269


In 2009–11 the CSPA staff members are and will be working on the

themes “State and ethnos” (section “Governmental regulation of eth-

no-cultural processes”,“Early forms of ethno-political systems”),“Mu-

seum collections and archive materials in the history of Russian and

world culture” (section “Symbols and attributes of power in MAE

collections”), “Cultural and biological aspects of the development of

humanity” (section “Phenomenology of kinship and gender: biolog-

ical and socio-cultural aspects”). Besides, they participate in the de-

velopment of the project entitled “Creole societies: ethno-cultural, eth-

no-social and ethno-linguistic aspects of genesis and lingual com-

munities”.

It is planned to continue to publish the almanac called “Algebra of

kinship” and collections of articles in the series “Early forms of social

and political institutes” (earlier, the following series were published:

“Early forms of social stratification” (M., 1991. 336 p.), “Early forms

of political organization: from primitive state to statehood” (M., 1995.

352 p.) and “Early forms of socials organization: genesis, functioning,

historical dynamics” (SPb., 2000. 352 p.)). The first collection to be

published is “Early forms of ethno-political systems”.


© МАЭ РАН

Documents

II - lib.kunstkamera.rulib.kunstkamera.ru/files/lib/978-5-88431-165-7/978... · P. 1–219. Barton Roy Franklin. The Mythology of the Ifugaos. Memoirs of the Ameri-can // Folklore